Home

Tektronix Telescope 1503 User's Manual

Contents

1. cad mem man eer uan sass vaa uuna QU crum QM MET QUE MS ey u 4 ima DE rp Eff S N B094858 CHANGE 198 2386 00 Wire Set Elec Fig amp Index 122 to lea 175 5732 00 CA Assy SP Elec 3 26AWG 15 0L 9N lea 195 5904 00 lead Elec 22AWG 10 0L 9 03 lea 198 4722 00 Wire oct Elec TEKTRONIX MANUALS CHANGE INFORMATION Date 10 37 84 Product 1505 Option 1 and Option 5 Manual Part Number 070 1865 01 Change Reference 4 5135 DESCRIPTION xcd ME MOT SLE i te ae kak A n AK S N 8494920 Electrical Parts List Standard and Option 5 Values for R1317 are reversed between standard and option 5 R1517 315 0245 00 RES FXD CMPSN 24k OHM 52 0 25W OPTION 5 ONLY R1317 315 0563 00 RES FXD CMPSN 56K OHM 53 0 25W ADD R1317 315 0243 00 RES FXD CMPSN 24K OHM 53 0 2SW R1317 315 0563 00 RES FXD CMPSN 56K OHM 55 0 25W OPTION 5 ONLY Page 1 of 2 1503 Option 1 sweep Generator Brd 670 3010 03 Partial View schematics are correct 1503 Manual Option 1 info Parts List correct R4442 Added 4 7M 315 0475 00 02311 4119 cem EA C 421 Mechanical 1505 Main Board Option 1 SN LAS ies ry eir Remove 2 washers on large
2. M SYOLVUYINGD C e MY OM ALON 01493 02 2 H di W3dvHS 219097 asid IO LNO2 N39 HDLIMS 81040213 LUV HD 21501 13450213 e 1 13A3 721907 CM 923 Y 2020 24023394 004 1115 AR 220233 tore iuga 5 Br 51105 Ag e a 135340 BSINWLSIG Lo 4 v 1594 4 224 PER A 3980445 asias 27201 SOUMINDD e BOL 2N3 7 2037 1 35704 TT nn em ri Hr ral rere imr m A A P Emm mis rea 12227 1 196 Aad A Pai iiaa o es AU Mes edes m GEN DAA AN mesa 11751 a scm pre m Ae Cm Ee Me anm ie riens eram Pim ai re Rae Nm sogar p ya Nos mg aem volo eL m m A RR p S Veo eee HH Hem ge at i mh Pn PPP CAI P mn eue A T 225
3. 209 d Parere Ar dr i n i rn memes es SIN3NOdWOO 21901 LED 20 tmm enn PEE CKT GRID NO ee C5116 C5117 C5131 C5159 C5167 C5219 C5249 C5253 C5263 C5266 C5276 5162 5243 5244 CR5245 5254 05112 05114 15144 05173 05179 05226 05229 15237 05239 05266 05273 05277 05279 R5112 5116 5118 85119 R5121 R5122 R5126 R5128 R5130 R5131 85132 R5134 R5135 5136 5137 5138 85139 85141 5148 5155 5158 5161 5163 5166 R5167 15168 R5171 CKT GRID LOC NO R5259 R5263 R5266 R5267 45268 45269 R5275 504818 5115 5124 TP5145 TP5168 TP5169 TP5253 TP5272 U5117 U5127 U5147 15156 15166 5227 05252 861 lt gt 21501 21504 335 DELTSD oa O 2 2 o 194 LE 095 Ag it6u 22 gt _ Ni 03101439 80 515 4 JO SSONVE 5 ONY S9S ITTYA LT 25 p BO 181 338 2309 CH OPi lt E gt 194 110942 A 11 50 4 Wi de 3582 6153 5 15 i 4 zi S itoravy Cu 1Y3H 501415 n
4. gt 5 835000 Do j Ww H E z i i 82 62 941 i i gt LN oy 5 f 5 1 ne nee P f ene 1 i y eae f 1 y lo aw heran LI tet 7 t i Trone ca j 2 E s pe Y Ln oe 4 a oe E Es i P E H A 3 2 82193 t 19di a 822 amp 2 Buys 3 i 1 3 theo H E 2 E E z c a EXEUNT gt 2 ag Rec AAT e EM Mies iv Peers 5 ve V rime Meta crt aee ewe HN ELM tane 2 Apes s odia T trc rA MENO 2091 al aum ona d mme nns sede du DH Pn OUAIS ARA ates 3NOdWOO 5 si 222 CKT GRID NO 0369 0380 C0390 C6147 C6219 C6224 C6226 C6228 C6233 C6243 C6246 C6323 C6326 C6329 C6336 C6341 C6342 C6415 C6416 C6426 C6429 C6443 C6444 C6447 C6451 C6455 C6515 C6525 C6527 6529 C6551 6139 6157 CR6234 CR624
5. ATTACHING PARTS ttt Code 80009 87308 83385 22526 73803 73803 22526 22526 71785 80009 93410 93410 93410 93410 93410 93410 93410 80009 83385 80009 80009 87308 71468 83385 80009 74970 83385 78189 80009 08530 80009 80009 80009 80009 83385 73803 22526 00779 22526 22526 22526 80009 80009 83385 Mfr Part Number 351 0436 00 OBD 48283 029 59002 8 59002 14 75060 007 75377 001 133 51 92 008 214 0579 00 5 2011 5 2021 FSB2041 F5B2031 5 2051 F5B2071 58 1861 220 0729 00 334 2452 00 351 0435 00 OBD 155 361 0742 00 023 0026 001 2104 06 00 2520 210 0975 00 343 0089 00 343 0213 00 348 0064 00 348 0417 00 59002 8 75060 007 50462 7 48283 029 47357 47351 214 0579 00 334 2451 00 OBD REV JUN 1983 Fig amp Index No 3 76 77 78 79 80 81 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 Tektronix Part No ammam rr Amm 136 0252 04 131 0589 00 131 0608 00 214 0579 00 129 0541 00 334 2501 00 n em 210 0457 00 210 0202 00 211 0529 00 211 0628 00 210 1133 00 358 0329 00 131 0513 03 131 1360 00 210 0406 00 210 0201 00 211 0014 00 220 0547 01 211 0008 00 441 1262 00 211 0008 00 256 0570 00 211 0513
6. 6 1 Option mos etie d t e 6 2 Option PES ratte m 6 3 1503 OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY The general safety information in this part of the summary is for both operating and servicing personnel Specific warnings and cautions will be found throughout the manual where they apply but may not appear in this summary TERMS in This Manual CAUTION statements identify conditions or practices that could resultin damage tothe equipment or other property WARNING statements identify conditions or practices that could result in personal iniury or loss of life As Marked on Equipment CAUTION indicates a personal injury hazard not im mediately accessible as one reads the marking or a hazard to property including the equipment itself DANGER indicates a personal injury hazard immediately accessible as one reads the marking SYMBOLS in This Manuali This symbol indicates where applicabie cautionary or other information is to be found As Marked on Equipment 47 DANGER High voltage Protective ground earth terminal ATTENTION refer to manual Power Source This product is intended to operate from power source that will not apply more than 250 voits rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord 15 essential for sa
7. NO PO CT 1 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 t2345 Name amp Description KNOB GRAY WITH SETSCREW EACH KNOB INCLUDES SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 STL BK OXD HEX KNOB GY 0 79 1D 0 28 00 0 32 SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 094 STL BK OXD HEX PUSH BUTTON GRAY KNOB GRAY EACH KNOB INCLUDES SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 STL BK KNOB RED EACH KNOB INCLUDES SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 STL BK OXD HEX KNOB GRAY EACH KNOB INCLUDES SETSCREW 5 40 X 0 125 STL BK OXD HEX PUSH BUTTON GRAY SOLID POL PUSH BUTTON GRAY FOAM POL PUSH BUTTON GRAY NOISE FILTER PUSH BUTTON GRAY 10 PUSH BUTTON GRAY 100 PUSH BUTTON GRAY 1006 PUSH BUTTON GRAY 50 OHM PUSH BUTTON GRAY 75 OHM FR PUSH BUTTON GRAY PLASTIC KNOB GY 1 041 OD 0 7 H ABS SHELL KNOB GY 1 041 OD X 0 7 H PC W LE EXTENSION SHAFT 4 5 INCH LONG W KNOB BUSHING PLASTIC 0 257 ID X 0 412 INCH OD RESISTOR VAR SEE R0472 EPL WASHER LOCK 0 261 ID INTL 0 018 THK BRS POST ELEC MECH 0 635 INCH LONG HEX f ATTACHING PARTS BSHG MACH THD 0 25 X 32 X 0 352 INCH LONG END ATTACHING PARTS SWITCH TOGGLESEE 50481 504818 EPL ATTACHING PARTS CAP TOGGLE SW SEAL 25 40 THD END ATTACHING PARTS INS SLV ELEC 0 5 INCH DIA BLUE HEAT SHRI INSUL SLVG ELEC HEAT SHRINK 0 54 ID FUSEHOLDER W MOUNTING HARDWARE NUT PLAIN 5 28 THD X 0 688 HEX STL WASHER FLAT 0 5 ID X 0 688 00 51 WASHER FLAT 0 81 ID X 0 688 RES
8. eMe eem v ct 5 Ar 3 4 i E 4 c H 5 5 TT 27 2 1 5 gt 1 i Ls f ME M a Pe 22 iater bis tese MEMBERED E E Fa t E A NEM t beu ws i Dp BS SS n i 2 MI ko o4 4 ue DM are sie cra EE E IW 7 d e T JANET 3 4 gt 2 58 TIS DLL Eie PIES 5 i gt ET i eet t NE DH MU qu E FS ig ed 25 It 3 H a H pi i 3 i ak y 27 UM 22 21 heb 22 apis i EON H i 2 2 MA Att 2 2 I 3 i f d E 5 3 1 H H s Vou E mire Pe ent 2 apes Pe Abe 4 nsa 4 1 E werd 7 gt dd 1 i derc 4 t E 22 Mx E Baay surdorse 420 E a p AMD oa ir VO NS TIS 201 2227 1 du TS d d B 4 E 2 5 Ne estem aee tis H
9. ALISNE ING 204970935 104100 uo 4112512 442 10 1 2 39v L 10 BOLDIN ABLIWO3D S is 8 0 Q 135 4 125 8 lt 7 601 4 NO LIS Od SADIE lt gt 1 15 2 14100 WSIAWWOILS 101 9 1 21 sit VOL SSA Kodi 2 104100 lt gt WAINOZLUOH 55 01 23 019111259 1302 19903 AS lt o 7 D A EIN 5 38405 AIMO d 5507 13 Au NW e A 3l1vq lt a 33 3174 swa AtG i 33s 2394 014 1 119079 E aud NEPOS NELLY Pee AG Lois AVG SAS 2 5 4 woii22108e 43872 inadino inani YOLYSINJY 353034 44 peo i 1 BS Indyn 9 6 _ d paayan ares A p P HM m hM tt in A
10. 4 e d Pod 25722 Poem et n teen ntn Be ce 3 amp T E 222 x CI i t bes aue Xue eia 2 E a E mm e fI timere mem erem Hn Meme i St 4 5 ett d i ud A uud i s 1 dd su Se 5 t 3 i m Hd N E 3 gt i 4 AR MN Mts 1 1 mcs TM i i i M La c i i 2 j 45281 2 te d mom uu S 6 m 3 0 4 gt f Qon NIR IR 92125 i e 9 2 ppv UBL BIB 818 8 E 101 om 3 gt i E 22 2 d H o t 2 T i i Pio d D e 2 gt 703 14343 di 5 2 Ni Ut 4 b 4 3 xm 3 X E 22 2 4 f 1 E 5 Ld i bruce e es s PERE L 2 p H A 2 i U 1 12 want Ww 5 Ne H
11. Pa 12 1 H 7 Maur M oem NS E 4 ONERE i S 9 i 2 iua RN MU T vu DU mid 5 i E ad 1 2 zs dE vine EO E i 1 i vu vu i 2201 MA a ge tng MSN E oe 5 eh i 52258 dots 22258 RUNE IE d M vei brand SERENE 7 2 T FU i hamp ien Sd 5 x 5 e i n um 6125 43 4 2 2 23 5 4 2 d en nnne anys p pea ese ras yp ae pay ues 022 5 Pyare 348 4 f t p 5 5 4 5 5 P i i 1 P e yrs e N 2 A PE ISDE OS un 1 Aes Ha Say XM MNA 2 4 y Ker 3 S vu a i i E A 2258 i ae mes 5 LE m 9 EE dona eee VT r UM d 22 i o i P ans a ad 2 D 4 P 2 oe i i ow DUAL E 112 ae 18
12. D ee rte NiNOZl BOH Srey r B CUED 215595 4 ri 9592 2 i m TIVON rm 552 f j 9 2 ae i TEM AS 7 1 34 1 tet 811197 14 918 t 61152 37 99 112 r lt 3 tad p 1ndino ALEZ 1 21 47 lt gt QUEM viso 0 ACER 914 vid qur cR 12 j I vid Std e ne mam em ament tn Od A ee ttma so o 0861 834 v A M A 21601 i vt Sos MII IRENA EEE SAINT SENATE EY arta AEE EOS LENE ev EAD AIP om COR LG LEILA BE HE OLED EMRE SIRNA de add i 1 3 i 2 dU TER pA UN tO 6906 99262 1 if a jo i i H 254 fat E 5 3 RE iis 5725 d E gt 3 i pt tet vet st A c e D
13. 5 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7M OHM 5 0 25W RES NONWIR SM OHM 20 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7M GHM 5 0 25W OPTION 1 ONLY XFMR PWR SDN SU HIGH VOLTAGE POT CORE TRANSFORMER RF HIGH VOLTAGE POT CORE SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 150V 5 Replaceabie Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 59660 19396 59660 59660 59660 19396 19396 56289 01295 01298 14099 14099 14099 14099 80009 56289 80008 80009 56289 80009 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 01121 80009 80009 04713 Mfr Part Number 871 533E103P 51 17243 87 1 533E103P 831610Y5U0102P 831610 Y 5U0102P 51 17243 51 17243 430 333 06 1 415286 1441528 5 3282 SA3282 SA3282 SA3282 151 0273 00 2N5551 151 0136 03 151 0273 00 245551 151 0136 03 1065 1255 6255 84705 84705 CB2255 CB1555 4745 84755 084725 081055 CB4725 1055 4755 3386F T04 505 CB1025 4755 120 0975 00 120 0975 01 SZG275K1RL Repiaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Ckt No AS C5116 C5117 5131 5159 5167 5219 5249 C5253 C5263 C5266 C5276 5162 CR5243 CR5244 CR5245 CR5254 Q5112 95112 05114 05144 08173 05179 05226 05229 05237 05239 05266 05273 05277 05279 5112 5116 85118 85119 85121 85122 R512
14. 1503 Amplifier In the Vertical Output Amplifier the amplifier gain is approximately 80 Capacitor C3233 is added to increase high frequency response Display Circuits The display circuit contains the High Voltage Supply which provides the voltage for the FOCUS control INTENSITY controi and the cathode of the crt and the crt biasing network The crt which provides a display of the conditions of the cable being checked is aisoshawninthe circuit High Voltage The high voltage circuit consists an oscillator formed by transistors 04149 and 04145 transformer T4241 a high voltage multiplier circuit con sisting of CR4323 CR4313 4311 and CR4211 and a resistor divider string consisting of 4114 R4126 4222 84129 84221 INTENSITY control R0442 and FOCUS control 0432 The self starting oscillator is formed by R4148 and R4145 and transformer 74241 The transformer has a separate feedback winding pins 9 10 11 which ac couples the voltage to the bases of the transistors 24149 04145 84146 and 84141 along with the 0 001 capacitors 04135 or C4134 establish a time constant sufficient to prevent saturation and establish the oscillator frequency Winding 7 8 of the transformer provides 0 6 V rms signal for the crt filament This winding is high voltage insulated Winding 4 6 provides a 500 V square wave that is used to generate the high voltage The high voltage multiplier circuit c
15. ATTACHING Mfr Cade 22526 22526 22526 80009 80009 80009 83385 78189 83385 83385 80009 80069 00779 05574 73743 86928 83385 000FW 83385 80009 83385 87664 83385 83385 80009 80009 83385 83385 80009 83385 83385 86928 80009 000 83385 78189 83385 73743 83385 80009 80009 87308 Mir Part Number 75060 007 48283 029 47357 214 0579 00 129 0541 00 334 2501 00 2104 06 00 2520 210 1133 00 358 0329 00 1 86074 3 600201 3197 12161 50 OBD OBD 441 1262 00 OBD X1009 43G OBD OBD 407 1694 00 129 0562 00 OBD OBD 131 1084 01 O8D 5702 201 20 361 0764 00 OBD OBD 2104 06 00 2520N OBD 3038 0228 402 OBD 334 2529 00 386 3154 01 9 13 Replaceable Mechanical 5 1503 Fig amp index No 3 115 116 417 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 9 14 Tektronix Part No 426 1184 00 426 1185 00 426 1186 00 129 2178 00 179 2178 01 131 0707 00 352 0169 03 352 0169 06 352 0161 01 352 0162 02 352 0161 06 352 0161 07 352 0165 03 352 0165 07 198 2386 00 131 0707 00 131 0621 00 352 0171 04 352 0161 01 352 0161 09 352 0199 03 198 2796 00 131 0707 00 175 0830 00 352 0165 04 352 0169 01 179 2349 00 175 2492 00 195 0389 00 Seriat Model No 010100 8040880 8010190 8082958 8082959 Dscont 8040879 8082957 Qty ao
16. cost el ll EE css eumesa P M ee SELNIJNOdWOJOS 3 Endino 086 834 V Add aa B AAA Vy hae 5 1 i 1 H 1 gt 25 5981 i 3 m HONORE A AE ORTE ANI VANDEA G e SIMON E EIEIO REAL MOLISE ALF BONDE TPL LIRA EEE ILE IN BINGE EMILE aM ALLE LIA LALLA LA IAD ven 5 tm Mr CRONE 5 8 8 98 i P4 i 4 LIME Mtt af prd DMO mR Bea MOT cae 3 gt E x 2 5 T 8 5 4 gt L 5 H 3 gctvo 5 5 d 1 i v cef excea NO 2 2 1 2 2 i gestes E 7 4 3 m 1 5 8 y i 4 4 t M d ss pee deed f H x
17. 2643 8 12 4410 212 2 412 224526 51410 90712 10412 86912 46912 8912 98922 11912 64910 5942 8 919 1792 40922 50953 9 96512 66515 6813 98512 S8512 82519 11512 7253 85512 96913 5519 87515 95513 PESLO LESLI 56513 80510 850510 20913 95 12 19912 95719 oe rnr re ey UC Y D oe ata St SBi 205 E Amr AS j 1 Prusidiiawyaue eost 4 vo P 19 4400 AM 5 C 6512 2 9 A Lo EOSIN Qi wi LA 2 dd 501 Ag AUS Ww 3 263 ASN Si 1333 109 4 oot iA 251 4 vo 586122 961 37995 001 6412 007 AS 5 109199 7091 HI 16 lt 13 dO 47894 Sto tt sii 151 901125 Os as eos SOSIY p 2 Le 5 9514 96919 6BSIY 6 6 lt 1 12 4 Losi 1 a Lr i 2 MOUNTS L t PANIN 186144 856910 00 5 aes 01 999159 10112 16912 18482 18 1 4 of Er Tannin AB
18. and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in our engineering department It is therefore important when ordering parts to include the following information in your order Part number instrument type or number serial number and modification number if applicable a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part your local Tektronix inc Field Officeorrepresentative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS X000 Part first added at this serial number QOX Part removed after this serial number ITEM NAME in the Parts List Name is separated from the description by a colon 6 Because of space limitations an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further item Name identification the U S Federal Cataloging Handbook H6 1 can be utilized where possible ABBREVIATIONS ACTR ACTUATOR PLSTC PLASTIC ASSY ASSEMBLY QTZ QUARTZ CAP CAPACITOR RECP RECEPTACLE CER CERAMIC RES RESISTOR CKT CIRCUIT RF RADIO FREQUENCY COMP COMPOSITION SEL SELECTED CONN CONNECTOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR ELCTLT ELECTROLYTIC SENS SENSITIVE ELEC ELECTRICAL VAR VARIABLE INCAND INCANDESCENT WW WIREWOUND LED LIGHT EMITTING DIODE XFMR TRANSFORMER NONWIR WIREWOUND XTAL CRYSTAL REV A MAR 1980 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 0000 00853 0
19. 0 46 L X 0 025 SQ STRAP TIE DOWN 4 0 1 X 0 091 WIDE CLIP SPR TNSN ACTUATOR SWITCH POWER SWITCH TOGGLE SEE 50165 EPL TERMINAL LUG NON LOCKING 0 257 MTG HOLE BRACKET ANGLE POWER SWITCH ALUMINUM ATTACHING PARTS 44 SCREW 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL eene END ATTACHING PARTS Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 83330 83330 80009 74445 80009 83309 07322 12327 79136 80009 80009 80009 83385 83385 22526 00779 71785 80009 83385 83385 80009 80009 80009 83385 83385 83385 22526 73803 22526 22526 59730 TK017 80009 78584 80008 83385 Mfr Part Number 337 2194 00 342 0309 00 337 2193 00 342 0310 00 016 0606 00 256 103 21293 RED 366 1368 00 OBD 384 1349 00 OBD 8006 366Y OBD 5133 12 0 333 2021 00 386 3229 00 386 3229 03 OBD OBD 47357 850100 01 133 23 11 034 407 1633 00 080 OBD OBD 426 1204 00 334 1418 00 426 1187 02 OBD OBD 75060 007 59002 14 47357 48283 029 53 343 0775 00 214 1756 00 905 020 407 1590 00 OBD 9 11 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 Fig amp inde x No 3 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 247 48 49 50 52 53 54 55 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 9 12 Tektronix Part 351 0436 00 213 0192 00 d 211 0008 00 131 0589 00 136 0514 00 136 0269 02 136 0252 04 1
20. 5 5 3 4 Y 1 T Ti joer stone Aes od r wet 13 2 gt P i i i i 5 sso g gt 5 2 i 5 3 3 d i Hu teet 5 5 i EE i 5 ER 2 m 2 ae s i gt ae 42 pee LS o H i FEES AMAN SH tee tme tete bra AV reme dome 5 e 2 i f 5 PONO i 20 5 Se rate Dango Ftd s H H b 2 A E 2 i us 4 i Y i 5 i 8 f i 5 WINE E 5 LA Fase einen m i 5 1 i D 1 x H Nat H i 20 3 i E ve 2 i 5 t 4 2 tod 2 m 2 Qu CAMAS h E i H poed m 4 Na we wi S 5 mh wh 5 2 5 1 i 1 gt a in 4 nee ne 1 Neare vanta eser tert 20 ei i 4 H E 2 23 iow tore y E CES
21. i gt 4 i x m sa LS ecc 5 5 Pe t E NEL Supe ee f px E 1 a 2 3 19 H m XP 7 rd EON Say ey D NV IN TE 3 9 11 27 L2 E og leon p i i a S 22 3 H sy i Le Ku NEETER NAS Aem i i m 1 2 5 ean a ne s 4 3 4 3 5 oon d Bremner 22 t i 4 i 4 oe E 3 2 5 ETE Yet 4 7 a Uo onm emm Son ns i mnes n 2 5 2 55 825884 t Ren de E Coo 38 1 DX n Im i i TORO Su m 4 4 H 1 Roms E i E DOM H 4 e T EET F i Dl gzzzu O 45220 5 peta 23 3 2 3 i 5 i 5 5 1 i E 5 7 3 m t P lE Ko P 50 16824 a 3 t A 2 4 HE ul mear u iem o bu 3
22. 89 18 2 59i Ln PL 29910 21920 FETCH mM Sio 10 ITO vaL LINI T 96712 o x mate rU 4 A11 9 vilu 40 47 16 10 2975 NOISW3A IN wld S303wW 4S1 A1 t mon 5 4 gt Scis ius i m AS DO SIX DIU 3711 1 ALES UBER C e E 2 Ie 9 v12vt t 6112 T4 KATE 5 261210 4 2 2 9 lg 02 a 1 eee i i p 1 32NVASiQ 215 ig izss 361115 lt t i 9 G PULSENV SAMPLER at 619 815 619 119 StH 414 2319 iid 913 CL PLS 61910 415 8 42 8 193 190 eis 412 13 dia 813 5 3 513 514 ite 118 18 518 19 4 9 452 442 ELS 119 119 iD 113 fis 212 Sid 613 5 3 iig iig 679 56201 856910 S69LN costn 282141 189141 185141 98911 DEPELS StrtiS VtCTELS 52915 PZ9LS 92 29 95219 26216 6219 25 18 29218 2418 2413 3214 25418 15218 252
23. E A 7 ij 5 3 s i i i t fe 5 i sien 9 790 i ben 65696 0 amp nte Pe 4 v dk Ww cc 4 lt d 277 62782 4 see E e DIAS 48 98 gt ME 12 i ES 19992 4 2 2 gt w DA s 2 66 9 4994 broy 1 2 25 22595 9 62082 89599 2 559 2 1 oc 89598 gt uy i i i gt Atv 2 4 1 7 amp 4 gt 1 52 33 i 2 UO i i 5 4 c olet tts tat X 4 P ny 5 LE D B e 2 5 gicoH PE m oan ere 2 t ad 2 22 5d x 1 gt 2 11598 gt 75 IH Maia ee NERO AA AAA fer A PU E d rr rrr Lr aprire iror senes 2 5 3 i e Ye T s Ex Ln 1 l
24. Di 180PF 5 _ S00V ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXD PPR 0 50 20 400 CER D1O 47UF 20 50V CAP FXD CER DE TUF 20 50 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 35V 01 510 2 100V CER 01 0 0O15UF 5 200V CAP CER DI 18PF 5 50V DESTPF 5 200V CAP FXD CER DE27PF 10 500V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 15GMA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA LT EMITTING DIO RED 650NM SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 25V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15V HOT CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE TUNNEL 1MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 15 CARRIER SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 3 0 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 400MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30 150 00853 90201 00853 51642 90201 59660 59821 59660 72982 59821 59821 56289 90201 90201 19396 71590 59660 59660 90201 90201 56289 90201 90201 59660 59660 59660 96733 96733 59660 99201 90201 14752 72982 51642 56289 51642 59660 51642 96733 59660 01295 01295 34430 01295 28480 50434 03508 01295 01295 01295 50434 01295 01295 12969 01295 Part Number D105F221F6 TDC226MO35WLG D195F2241E0 200 100 NP
25. Eu E ed ML L M L GRID GRID NO LOC NO 1143 010 C1153 C7 1227 1238 1243 D9 C1249 5 1257 9 C1321 04 1324 C1331 B7 C1422 D4 1434 C1459 G6 C1563 G4 1565 G5 C1762 F3 C1765 CR1358 CR1463 G6 CH1561 H6 CR1563 G3 CR1564 L1155 11162 Q1142 01235 01236 01246 01247 1332 01565 01571 0151 80271 40472 R1115 R1117 R1118 R1127 1132 R135 81137 81147 81148 81158 R1216 1218 81227 R1228 S1215R TP1312 U1219A U1219B U1663A U1663B U1663C U1663D U1667A 016678 U1667C 716670 4 N 3D 2 wq JWE Pa n Al ATT FE EE n n P LA ba TIME BASE GENERATOR lt gt lt gt 304933437 36 6 NAP LX amp 9i nue a Age 5 454 4 94 CX 4 x AES p 4 91 9 2 Mo amp 2 95 tX SS TILES e hea l 1141 YLIHN jit 772 1 54 H 964 t gt 8 lt 1 2417 15554 1335 2 lt 4 Ai vem 3
26. gt H DLE tM i i 5 i 42 4 P CE a i 29 ar DE xv 5 22 23 ge 048 er ee aerate i RUM m 4 7 gt 2 i i 5 i P 3 3 4 7 5 25 H 0452 i i umi 8 4 i H 4 2 3 1 1 i AC 7 i UM pu Ex 5 i 5 5 5 i 5 x DE 1 i gt Q7 M HA 3 5 i 2 i 2 EUF x i n E 2 5 E A 5 r Y i 2 S gt gt 3 LE tl i gt gt 1 i i z i 2 i sae w ak 22 gt 5 H duc 2 5 wi 2 Y 3 X i gt 5 H 14 5 22 E i DOR x gt vr FU f t Dc 5 1 2 gt M i i 5 b we s ve gt 2 3 3 INR 2 E v E 7 2 1 5 ne A 0 P 4 59 7 3 men vm vv MEM enn nena tt aD o PART Hy ROUTAN YEE Ware rhe ru AN Ami rte ne qa v Tae e IR ey siete a ato he
27. lt v 5 rude A pi 9610 fio E pr 2 91 04 ba MV Hi 8 Ero C 13 21 82194 Le1992 31 f Oot bESTHD 9 192 ROO WL SUA r4 172999 1819 15192 LJ AGONY zb 91 f 99 2 j 9 7190 4 66 9 00 3 22598 919 777 memi ogee genau 15 99 E 1311 os Mii 5 89 99 8 22 ii toot 551900 lt o 97195 T 174971 23123 4 2 9 6955 ER 151937 19703106502 onmi sy 6 8 Z 9 V 1 ben DANS OR Ped PN v vor intl LO vd 8 Pn 4 e Cane HOM r be Aa 8 S98l DIARIES ISAT SNO CIL Ae pz P Go PINOT A LIEN Fr TA ipto BAB Mino meo stas gt 1 4 Ae 1 venom eH ETE Sa etate ctn 1 eme SEE i X 2 0861 833 A3H BINPOW 25249 Mint rari n Po calda pct i qom d 274 T i 2 5055 T4 lt n E i gt
28. 43 5 12 Application of Sealant to FINE Control BUSING 5 13 Application of Sealant to FINE Control Nut 5 13 installation of Distance Meter 5 13 Application of Sealant to ZERO REFERENCE Control Bushing 5 14 Application of Sealant to ZERO REFERENCE Control Nut 5 14 Application of Sealantto RECORD Toggle swich BUSMINO x xoi 5 14 Application of Sealant to RECORD Toggle 10 0443 Seat et Roda 5 15 Installation of Rubber Cap seal on RECORD toggle switch 5 15 Application of Sealant to the 0 dB SET Control BUSANO s 259 325 dece AES 5 15 Detail Showing Lubrication and Sealing for the Variable Resistor 5 15 Lubrication of the O rings and Sealing for the 5 16 Installation of the POWER SWITCH 5 16 Lubrication of POSITION Control Knobs 5 17 Installation of Knob on Shaft 5 17 Lubrication of ZERO REFERENCE Knob 5 17 installation of Knob on ZERO REFERENCE e 5 17 Lubrication of FOCUS and INTENSITY c iu tedio 5 18 Sealing of Battery Pack Screwholes 5 18 Application of Dielectric Type Compound 5 18 Detail of Front Panel Jacks 5 19 Detail of X Y Module Thumbscrews 5 19 Sealing of Latch Assembly Screwholes 5 20 8 1503 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS cont Fig No Page Ted Front panel
29. drehen 4 ex Mean reb MAH n P AA ENE II Mere euet DE MP name EA n M Vo i 5 73 yar me 4 T See D pa DAN VU m 0861 834 pum Case Tire Pa oW RI PAARE Vo snae DLE iid tet d E EP eae thm TD ARRAS et Pee mele EMIT anys e MMM 125 ory even ROVER Mera DA pee thee SOR Peer Left em eose pera drm ht 12 5981 luget p oo CRONE o gente creme eim EPRI poA ee ONT olo are OER PARRA esc tp mpm mde yt eee ettet ra eee tp np ne Pre Aag e yen es RTs LINE s sv IH YA ema erge P tet 2
30. nr aee eet Ate LE 551241 Ped 5 434 izd 151241 i vis Peot uaa Bove A AN tt Ime dnt m m tm OP M sre on meas un ut MV es e A d Qu SPP PA Lg ET I m mm 65288208 ANIM NH geo d NUUS IR Rn CRIS evi m ran m TC Rr pim IRS amodo oS EP A nC p mn a Aa AE ABI nn r iai ct mee NT es TE rame Ma rat 0861 834 5 424 voe 5 Ye a pet INGA so ooet PAPANIN at meet te e nS Hen v H eRe Eee mvp erence tette ines anette n t HH is tree Mg zd ooo AB Ao em arene Deo tie a namen CART tmm HM ee PP atate ehe ea ient menn t Latii 8 5 prm 2 PEE aree si z 2 x 4 gt gt t AITO tonto que PRAIRIES iei py yt desde a roe ree rss reto P mtu 22 22
31. ved end NSS MRNA 5057 E ted eA AS He E SELEH SO IAM AAAA NEST hl o EN A TES tH RH m 1 a eb Pes WERE TES m ee LIV seseque ros de sepe LOREAL Pp Svo e SO pe o edF v MI AN EZECH TEZEO lt gt BELCH cm at peog indino P spectes 264 MM estin do e t MOONE NRE Am PL ONE SL ALM raa Vn ioo an aed se iem APLAR AM provee 20040 APER Hae 1 lt tA Menti t eae mn Ts gt yt ne lette iA i HL P i pe vt i i i B 2 1 i 73 AO RES ici NN n n RIA 4 7 5 b 5 E DUM i TE 2 P j i 4 3 7 SUR Pee UNE
32. 15 Sogi 261 96i ARH 051 1107 607 91177 11692 81592 HTP BIO 159522 ito 61197 ittv2 491041 838 15219417 LUAM Lib MA ALISNFZLNI i i NI 30 SEONYH BISAN 7918635 GNY SIATY A SPIES 1511 5 555 19 57 4 SAWY 104100 AS 7 ae serey 5 K 6TITD Sete ORS 900 u RN eit uses use e 9 PEIES 991490 5 ieu n po 71 6 ce T lt t eel ST AG 01100 ior ash 411153 114337 ee SUM 61 6109 EN FETED E TEZEI D p 5 5275 BECIE ED 138 1160 V 21133A 174110 L ETWOILYBA Sa aT MOOT 2 4 vet lt 2 7 9 4 4 ciem SORA 9 437 35 1 BENEA mene I naar m tte BOLDENNOD 5 32Y du31N i gt 7 865 AX 01
33. i Shee 4 5 9 950 i teeta 85168 Spies 1 10168 Qu ue 921521 22198 Ju s M c As BH NT ORE PULS Sp 1541 at ey Tv de 7 a Pc 50 77 3 ane antt X M e RON PN TE y 22 2 DON 5 HP LE 162 n E ede Seen 5 PE 121589 een coc ur t x t tae NES imer t I 1 iSd f E f 3 P ez po Aie LOTH OIE QO oA PRT LED UNIO Ae VQ Vira ide Mom n ARI E PV Dum p Pt o So Pt a LAN Pe o abo PACA Pence On POR thoes inn dud UL 4 js eet AS uma PAL Ia ae ND AD mm LETT HM 2594 Deer te ago HI tt tae EORR HD
34. n Supplemental Information tt ti a T tl ll Explosive Atmosphere Operation does not cause ignition of an ambient explosive gaseous i mixture with air Sand and Dust Operates after non operating cover removed exposed to dust test of MIL STD 810 Method 510 Proc Washability Capable of being washed Leterme ea tener ji M Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic Meets requirements specified in 1 CS01 502 506 REO2 interference EM Table X of MIL T 28800A limited to 1 GHz and 5903 limited to 1 GHz Materials used are fungus met Fungus inert Tabie 1 3 PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental information Weight With Panel Cover and 18 0 pounds 8 2 Accessories Without Cover and 16 0 pounds 7 3 kg Accessories Height 5 0 inches 12 7 cm Width With Handle 12 4 inches 31 5 cm Without Handle 11 8 inches 29 9 Depth including Panel Cover 16 5 inches 41 9 cm Handie Extended 18 7 inches 47 4 cm 1 6 Section 2 1503 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS This section of the manual contains the basic informa tion required for the operation of the 1503 Time Domain Reflectometer Inciuded is a brief description of the purpose of each front panel control general operatin
35. sse 2 2 1 D THN ws 3 gt H n 3 3 3 m gt 1 gt ae 2 BPZEMH xdi 2 peony H BAAS 2 S A B 5 5 tai 5 5 5 i H m 5 1 i 134 7 3 5 E i 3 f 1 i 1 2 3 3 D MEC Poy 1 1 i 2004 3 1 j 5 T 2 t 2 4 2 2 a e ENNIO RENO ne ee IO D Int purs Ay duy Ye S ON AD ho Ere sa P m m ADI QUA NARI MIR 022223 gt D 2 2 4 E v 4 i i 1 2 Bye eum mis 5 2 4 p 538 x Std f 2 5 v s f i 3 5 4 2 SANE PM IR C Yt EI LRP equum RL TIES 4 a Y 3 3 i 3 lt i 5 52 E Bo D H 7 PPS 2 i 5 t TM EE 1 5 P 2 a IS 1 1 Hi E n 2 5 H Ert H 5 Po d 2 aio DO 5 3 40 3 EL 12 04 m
36. 1 0 125 RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM t0 e 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 15M 109 0 25 RES FXD FILM 4 99K 1 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 43K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 24K 5 0 25 RES FXD COMPSN 47K 5 0 25 RES 5 100 OHM 5 5 0 25W 5 CMPSN 150K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 220K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W XFMR FLYBACK POT CORE MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LIOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LLOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LILOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER O 4W 15V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER O 4W 3V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER O 4W 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 7 SV 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 AW 24V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER O 4W 5 1V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 5 6V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 405 1 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER O 4W 9 1V 5 ee 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 04121 01121 01121 01121 01121 80009 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 14552 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 15238
37. 10 11 13 14 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Tektronix Part No 337 2194 00 342 0309 00 337 2193 00 342 0310 00 016 0606 00 131 1726 00 131 1726 01 366 1368 00 213 0076 00 384 1349 00 210 1011 00 354 0538 00 210 0803 00 354 0163 00 333 2021 00 386 3229 00 386 3229 03 211 0101 00 131 0608 00 131 0993 00 136 0220 00 407 1633 00 211 0101 00 220 0547 01 211 0101 00 426 1204 00 334 1418 00 426 1187 02 213 0718 00 213 0227 00 136 0252 04 136 0269 02 131 0608 00 131 0589 00 346 0127 00 343 0775 00 214 1756 00 210 0269 00 407 1590 00 211 0101 00 REV JUN 1983 Seriai Model No Eff Dscont 8010100 8020819 030820 8010109 082958 8010100 8082958 8010100 082958 8010100 094903 8094904 Oty FAO Ww MM NM 27 Gn Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 12345 Name amp Description SHIELD ELEC EMHETOP INSULATOR FiILM EMLTOP PLASTIC SHIELD ELEC EMI BOTTOM INSULATOR FILM EMI BOTTOM PLASTIC MODULE X Y OUTPUT JACK TIP BLACK W HARDWARE JACK TIP RED W HARDWARE KNOB PLUG IN SECURING EACH KNOB INCLUDES SETSCREW 2 56 X 0 125 50 S PIN STR THD 0 125 DIA X 6 417 LONG ATTACHING NONMETAL 0 13 ID X 0 375 OD PLST PACKING PREFMD 0 119 10 X 0
38. COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE PLEASE CHECK FOR CHANGE INFORMATION AT THE REAR OF THIS MANUAL 1503 _ TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER INSTRUCTION MANUAL Tektronix Inc P O Box 500 Beaverton Oregon 97077 070 1865 01 Product Group 22 Serial Number First Printing OCT 1975 Revised FFB 1984 Copyright 1975 1980 Tektronix Inc All rights reserved Contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any form without the written permission of Tektronix Inc Products of Tektronix inc and its subsidiaries are covered by U S and foreign patents and or pending patents TEKTRONIX SCOPE MOBILE and registered trademarks of Tektronix Inc TELEQUIP MENT is a registered trademark of Tektronix U K Limited Printed in U S A Specification and price change privileges are reserved 1503 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS ii OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY iv SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY V Section 1 SPECIFICATION CENE 1 1 Section 2 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS 251 WARNING THE FOLLOWING SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY DO NOT PERFORM ANY SER VICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOU ARE OPERATING QUALIFIED TO DO SO Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 Section 9 Page THEORY OF OPERATION 3 1 CALIBR
39. BATTERY 5 10 8 1 5 9 C CELLS HEAT SINK ELEC BATTERY SUPPLY UPPER AL Code 80009 80009 06540 86928 80009 77250 83385 80009 86009 83385 80009 73743 0000M 80009 80009 00779 0000 19209 80009 Mfr Number 016 0595 00 016 0595 01 6130 55 0632 5612 32 31 333 1990 00 OBD OBD 348 0432 00 337 2862 00 343 0348 01 12161 50 211 0194 00 361 0776 00 214 2344 00 50462 7 386 2435 00 418002K33G1 214 2343 00 9 15 Mr mies Mm testes Ed even eae 2 40 2 4 MTS Der REI DI eem rt e nnt 7 FIG 1 CABINET FO NT Rh a edd en ee Nn rrr ann a 1503 TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER REV A DEC 1980 3118 4355 OO IVOLLHJA NIVW I3NYd LINOWA Z Old 1503 TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER S BOARD ASSEMBLIES _ ee 1503 TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER n 1930 28 me ul O Q uJ 2 3 Lk as lt 2 9 Lu rar m nnde Arad chr e WOVd AYSLLVE v ie Fig amp Index Tektronix Serial Model No REV MAY 1982 1503 TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER 015 0327 00 No PartNo scont Qty 12345 Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number STANDARD ACCESSORIES 1 016 0297 00 VISOR CRT 80009 016 0297 00 2 011
40. E PES M 2 m m es esee omeo m sei cove one oer ee RET LOSS 481 22 39 49 K 50 IMPLS WiOTH 1503 TOR CABLE TESTER Fig 2 10 Building out network 2 10 5 4 257 112020 L 3 4 reer Ran asas cmm e PA ai aded c eA PY PH i i e P A V PA ren Operating Instructions 1503 rise eee eee er 6000 FT A splice may have any impedance gepending cds upon its quality The illustration here is for a f EL mM MM having 67 ohms This shows up 12 2 TEST _ SPLICE positive return the 1503 A known fault PULSE 4000 such as splice may be used as a iocos aT reference point for calibration prior to ming measurements in a cable of unknown t dielectric constant we 1949 H 1 iL 1865 10 Fig 2 11 67 ohm splice at 4000 feet 2 11 Operating Instructions 1503 b REF iREsPUTAT 0172 PIE asorr 0508 INTENSITY 2 i MPLS WIDTH ina
41. The 1503 will look through Bridge Taps Since B Hj o ae they represent a large capacitance the Bridge m 125 25 Tao will appear as negative return pulse Alarge no eee TEM ES number of taps could be difficult to evaluate P en Fig 2 13 Bridge tap at 4000 feet 2 13 LIP SOIL EM PIPERIS een note thes nnt PED THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS ARE FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURY DO NOT PERFORM ANY SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOU ARE QUALIFIED TO DO SO REFER TO OPERATORS SAFETY SUMMARY AND SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY PRIOR TO PERFORMING ANY SERVICE m 227 Section 3 1503 THEORY OF OPERATION This section describes the circuits of the 1503 using a combination of block and circuit diagrams on puil outs at the back of this manual Thecomponents being described can be found in the circuit diagrams cross reference table for each schematic is located on the fold out page with the schematic Block Diagrams There are two block diagrams that show the overall functions of the 1503 Fig 3 1 asimplified version andthe main block diagram located on a pull out page PULSER PULSER AN
42. and 3 5 2 16 lt AZZ 2 05240100 SLY gt Y BEN 222 Ux E MOS 165161874 825 AS lt lt 114 645 7 AG FSIT4 gsr 25 in uui 95770 SETY JM Od Eo ee ccce T amp AS TA Lf wows 2 991710 85 25 AS tc ACE etd 151185 Lv Lytle lt gt i CH wi WEES ull ESTETTY 9911 5 9 54 3 Wows vertus 9 65172 gt 0707 12170 Sy 45373 87 35 Ae wee nes ef EMT 13982 P0027 TIAN 2 27 564228 e cose M cect Mgt RO AMAA GRAPE DRE Hm Te AA tete A ada CM aae Hem ud im 22172 SWAMPS Raat o Vet en tztrpHO mun RAPI 82173 67184 Ave ws AAR te rm nentes 7 PONE RR ane m P el Pe ee d CULTE eepe e oet cco Oo ote er o i a
43. f ADJUST R6514 10 ADJ so the voltmeter reads 10 V 0 1 Move the test lead to TP6227 green test point h the voltmeter reads 5 V 20 25 V i Move the HI test lead to TP6218 orange test point CHECK That the voltmeter reads 5 V 20 25 V k Change the DM 501 RANGE FUNCTION switch to 200 V de Move the Hi test lead to connector P66 Pin 6 TP6227 00 gt 2 165V E TP6411 R4222 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure TP6332 TP6256 1782 27 A Fig 4 1 Power Supply test points and adjustment location m CHECK That the voltmeter reads 100 V 10 V n Move the HI test lead to P66 Pin 7 o That the voltmeter reads 165 V 10 p Remove the voltmeter test leads The following parts q through t apply to instruments of SN 071995 and below Proceed to parts through for instruments of SN B071996 and up q Set the INTENSITY control fulty cw and note display CHECK For maximum intensity without trace blooming s ADJUST R4222 INTENSITY LIMIT for maximum intensity without trace blooming The adiustment is located on the HIGH VOLTAGE board and adjusted through the hole in the POWER SUPPLY board See Fig 4 1 t Set INTENSITY for normal trace brightness The following parts u through y apply toinstruments of SN B071996 and up u Connect the voltmeter between TP4243 and TP4251 see Outp
44. 1545 1547 1552 R1557 81562 1563 81576 81577 81582 81582 R1584 R1587 81588 1589 1592 1597 R1599 R1602 R1603 1603 1603 81604 R1606 1608 1633 1634 1635 R1641 R1643 R1646 R1651 R1661 R1663 81655 1664 81672 1673 R1674 R1669 R1676 R1677 R1883 R1687 R1688 R1692 R1693 H1694 R1701 1724 1725 81731 81733 81734 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 315 0223 00 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 315 0470 00 315 0103 00 315 0223 00 315 0223 00 315 0304 00 315 0473 00 315 0102 00 315 033 1 00 315 0221 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 315 0103 00 315 0223 00 315 0204 00 315 0473 00 315 0822 00 315 0101 00 315 0822 00 315 0562 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 315 0103 00 321 0085 00 321 0094 00 321 0107 00 321 0068 00 315 0472 00 315 0472 00 315 0332 00 315 0102 00 315 0104 00 321 0169 00 315 0333 00 315 0392 00 315 0103 00 315 0103 00 315 0274 00 311 1273 00 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 317 0270 00 317 0270 00 315 0822 00 311 1267 00 315 0153 00 315 0101 00 321 0089 00 321 0149 00 321 0122 00 322 0097 00 321 0076 00 Serial Modei No Eff 010100 8010129 8010100 8094200 Dscont 010128 094199 Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM
45. 42133 SPS8803 SPS246 SPS6868K 2N2907A SHF501 SPS246 2N964 SPS6868K SRESO1 SPS1752 2 2907 SHF501 SRF501 S038487 24964 SPS6868K 5038487 5038487 42133 151 0450 00 42133 SRF501 038487 5 5246 5038487 82501 HFF188D602028 MFF1816D60201B MFF1816D030001C MFF1816G576RO0F Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 No 81132 R1137 H1135 81147 81148 81158 1158 R1216 R1218 1227 R1228 R1228 R1228 81229 81249 1256 81257 41258 1313 41314 81317 41317 81317 81319 R1328 R1336 R1337 R1338 R1353 R1353 R1354 R1355 R1355 R1356 R1356 R1357 81357 81406 81414 81421 81424 R1431 R1436 R1457 1462 1477 1486 1496 81502 41506 41507 41508 81509 81532 81533 7 6 Tek tronix Part No 314 1337 00 321 0262 03 315 0473 00 315 0103 00 315 0223 00 321 0155 00 ree a MAR AR 311 1268 00 315 0223 00 321 0603 00 321 0268 03 321 0277 03 321 0239 03 315 0273 00 315 0471 00 315 0103 00 315 0101 00 315 0333 00 315 0223 00 315 0243 00 315 0563 00 315 0473 00 315 0101 00 315 0101 00 321 0227 00 321 0235 00 321 0243 00 renne 315 0223 00 321 0221 00 311 1275 00 311 1270 00 315 0362 00 315 0821 00 315 0512 00 315 0200 00 315 0471 00 315 0222 00 315 0103 00 315 0103 00 315 0101 00 315 0105 00 315 0103 00 315 0101 00 315 0332 00 315 0101 00 315 0152 00 315 0102 00 Serial Modei No Eff
46. REFLECTED LOAD VOLTAGE pM 04 100 i i puc 6 dB 50 225 0 i bg 4 fy vi Mi 7 gt cdB 0 75 0 X n zi 2 cu dB 50 250 i i i NAR dB 100 00 1865 05 Fig 2 5 dispiay of vs Zo NEGATIVE SLOPE POSITIVE SLOPE 1792 13 Fig 2 6 Output Module strap An X Y recorder can be used with the 1503 by connecting it to the X Y OUTPUT MODULE when it is plugged into the 1503 Connect the X Y and PEN LIFT inputs of the recorder to the corresponding jacks ofthe X Y OUTPUT MODULE See the manual provided with the recorder for further information on its use Mesh Filter for the crt A mesh filter is provided with the 1503 which makes viewing of the crt easier when the unit is being used in sunlight This filter is placed over the crt by sliding it onto the slots of the crt bezel Viewing Hood Another accessory provided with the 1503 for light shading is a viewing hood This unit can be installed over the crt by sliding it down over the crt sides The mesh filter must be removed before the viewing hood will connect to the crt Using a Camera with the 1503 Camera Adapter is attached to the crt bezel of the 1503 camera can be used to take photographs of the crt display 2 7
47. Tr H T 3 5 RES oe 2 es x f i A pct 478 4 T t pu 4 90222 106 H 4 D t 1 2 r TENE E D LG ra 4 4 ice ae 4 x 2 E 5 rt 8 2 d 2 3 RI 5 gt E cc C ey 4 aa Myr teamed M i x 4 3 E i 5 x 5 gt 2 ett TEL 4 i 5 3 i 5 4 ELM E i xi H 3 2 1 E s 4 3 5 ti 5 S i 2 i 2 M d i 6 f 2 e H i i 5 2 2 Ra 9 4 5 b i 2200 15 22 5 5 ft het 4 7 2 ooo 2 oe n A F E E 1 5 t UR i A 4 2 E 20 toa 5 1 5 i 2 G gt i 5 t 1 des nnm EN 2 ee os 2 S i T 5 D E gt 3 Y A v is r H xl 2 s H 4
48. m aat Met evo n d 5 ser 3 7 E qr tis e 501 i nsa s d noh meras nte tie aurem A9 pa dn prr tomum Cnr MANIA up ZO D eli HT D Py YY BANA AE CANT ANSA gout ANH UIT ENNIS Ago OMNI IDR te dente he eget aee 14 6 4 t M Levine re SLNANOdINOD MOTS dWY LHAA em tata M iUam ASIN CKT GRID NG LOC C2137 B3 2138 A2 C2146 A2 C2147 B2 C2158 G5 C2229 E2 C2232 E2 2241 C2 C2325 C6 C2349 G4 C2351 4 2352 7 C2356 F6 CR2159 G4 2216 H2 CR2217 H2 2262 G6 CR2324 C6 2341 06 2358 06 M0171 tit Q2161 G5 02166 G5 02246 066 022468 66 02248 7 02249 Q2257 F8 Q2258 G Q2259 69 02341 G3 Q2342 83 02345 G4 R0251A A1 R0251B 10252 60262 1 10263 C9 R0352 B1 R2137 B2 R2138 B2 H2139 A2 R2142 C6 R2144 B7 R2146 B2 82149 82157 G4 R2158 G5 R2220 E3 R2221 C4 R2222 C3 R2223 C5 R2224 C6 R2225 D2 H2226 C7 R2227 77 2228 87 R2229 84
49. mil ora ovctu 0 2 014 93 BEZEY 42258 93 CECEH 3 6 2 95653 20 92254 28 lt g 11668 98 9 48 98 013 013 53 oig 018 93 3 SELEX 23 SELEY SELEY 92 23 18 92128 23 ov 2 1 16 98 53 9D sa 45 43 29 Stipo 9q 95250 93 98 LCCEO 63 65 50 23 ZELEO 98 92 FELEO 99 69 OtcOd 68 tezon 58 SEZOA 432 16 2313 s9 12983 35 PDs 9SE tu 5 191 29 82223 PH Spot 29 SELED 89 Hd ZH 93 9H 82152 20 821735 5 611092 Spiby 81102 IV 99 7452 iV 39 9citu 22723 SH 92252 SH 22118 ELZED 99 3 ZELED 201 ON 201 ON 41382 S VOLTAGE CIRCUITS Viy JOWLIOA H IH 3 4313 4084010 39Y110A 04204 135205 1u2 310N p 2 907 emi 2 any ae MOOT 27 dea 1915309 t Trd td 901 gt 5
50. p t reine AP RAS NN ants a T A amp 5 45 he H 1 S 5 Ve 2 j 3 D 3 5 3 00 0L amem ss Wee CO oae A H H 5 2 gt E i D z H i N gt t 2 amp i i 5 E H gt b 1 2 r4 5 1 H h 1 i 5 2 H 3 5 1 1 aeo eu dene voter 3 3 mE T Vo AS bv 4 i Fu i S i i i SS 3 ME r 2 ae 4 1 i i 2 E 5 E 5 irZri 5 i 5 ELM t gt bk i i T 1 d 2 2 3 Zo 5 i 7 5 d gt t i seu ix M Bes and po 2 i 1 u i Pn o 5 5 i 1 5 E 4128 3283 d 2 i s gt 3 M 2 1 i 3 i H H o A on 1 E 5 3 1 3 gt 4 pei nnani i i ERI 4 n E 5 5 ra x EN 3 5 4 X 3 ES 1 e age H i 5 i 4 58 320 3 ime 2 H i E i i E i E 1 3
51. pt e 6904 av vua 11 9 L 9 Pu E Tv S58 160 NOILOSINISI VASE 3 NOLLOS3NNOOX31N 505 D O 300235 121003 Luvs 404100 21901 H 51H 24179 poo lt lt py lt 61 cd 4 45 841 MT 6 12 NOLLISOd L zig pee wh 11 61 A pem 9 45 992 ZIYON i ONORE 20908 641 ee aA I MENS 2 55 10 1 02 21907 15414 Dade do eM e 21 6 14 6 19 1 58 inet 2 51 59 11 89 2 5 tpi 9 4 AQGI 9 99 1 0 ee nearer re ee rr 9N3 43345 LEVAS 5 rr ASt 1 79 is t 26 191092 25 i 21901 9074 y 1034402 5034416 5 Bieros 001 GND 18 81 CAD LW 5 31 TES XVOD 183A 1
52. x i et crees SERS sss PELLI 2 i 2255 a 27 i 5 62683 57 gt DA 8 t e AE s tis pes 17585 15590 gt 2 E i 3 H f ugar ss j 59d i am 12 Do 1 09d 3 RARE amete erode t ARROZ p vam m gt gt e 3 ak edet t AE MAW AGRA PENA bete s Id e 1 12290 E i quem 8 2 9 2 6 e 82 10 k t 3 97293 S x i 952941 E 5 t Pos Ba aguas e m 2 gt 3 rere ane oe n 102994 27 812981 9 iN 3 3 mr 1 E 95298 6292 lt amp 5 t we 2 p ux M i i Eo P 292 i m 4 5 23 en 7 PM m T 24 e 22291 2 m a 3 gt 9 N i 5 7 i 99d et i D Cd NO 3 D ME i H i 2 i wes i i i 5 c 1 i p 5 RES 25 zb X 10101
53. 0 25 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 100K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 56M 5 0 25 5 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M 596 0 254 RES FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 47K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 595 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W 5 560 OHM 5 0 25W MICROCIRCUIT Li OPNL AMPL HIGH IMPEDANCE MICROCIRCUIT DI DUAL J K MASTER SLAVE FF MICROCIRCUIT DEDUAL J K MASTER SLAVE FF MICROCIRCUIT DE7 STAGE BINARYCOUNTER SCRN MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT GATE MICROCIRCUIT DEQUAD 2 INPUT GATE SEL MICROCIRCUIT DEQUAD 2 INPUT GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT GATE SEL MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT DI TRIPLE 34 GATES Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 02735 80009 80009 04713 80009 80009 80009 80009 01295 01295 80009 Mfr Part Number 81055 1055 CB3335 1025 1025 551160200010 1816 150010 CB1045 CB1055 MFF1816G38301F CB1045 CB1045 MFF1816D50001C M
54. 10 V supply R6518 86513 R6413 and R6514 are part of this bridge network The bridge outputs are fed into operational amplifier U6515 which drives series regulator 06427 Zener diode VR6419 is used as a start up circuit Capacitor C6416 provides additional power supply filter ing Q6331 isthe series regulator forthe 75 V power supply The 5 V is referenced against the output of the divider 86225 and R6231 which in turn is driven by the 10 V supply Theoutput of U6236 drives the seriesregulatorina voltage follower mode The 5 V power supply uses 06227 as a series regulator U6222 is used as a controlled current source and the minus voltage connection V is connected tothe base of the series regulator Part of the amplifier current is shunted by R6222 and the load current fluc tuations are used to control 06227 R6223 is current limiter Control Logic Diagram 5 The Logic board is used only with the TEKTRONIX Chart Recorder This board can be removed without affecting the operation of the 1503 However if this board is removed the RECORD switch would have to be connected to the Vertical board by connecting the cable from the RECORO switch to P28 on the Vertical board The Logic board consists of pulse shaper 1 5166 U5166B U5166C 951660 binary counter 5147 a horizontal correction network Chart Recorder Logic for controlling the paper drive motor stylus heat a Chart Recorder
55. 2 DES ERIS i E T nv 23 gt p uae 15 53 308022 22 meme jddng d souls GUNU 10 3517 SHEJ 985 ANAA AARE DR erus eges vesae aime NARR SAR AS A 6461 V OEE OE ETEN fe Sepet odd oee m INKS ee steer 2 gees Vo LI 2 5 E E D E 6593 4 wets P 2 E a di TUN i TP i te 5 5 i 5 2 8 59 UCIBQNTU Wee 62592 7 p 2998 P 3 ee m pate 5 mio k Te 988842 2 0 E 4 nd tnu Wes P ee E pue a veneni 2 po 976959 2 12990 7 M rs i 5 je fi denda 2 4 E 25590 T oe f S t i t MES 5 En T B 56691 e d 35 9 jos 8 1 E d i lt 4 1 E PESQHD os 125
56. 5 a 1 3 LA LN j x g o5 1 POS i SoSH i 2 C us Ah c 3v imi 60 ng x 10 19594211 e 2 t DE E 3 amp 4 ei i xum A RRB St Ls i M 5 1 5 3 en 57 Bere ESSERE uM 3 p 9 H M ic ud P PUEDEN 5 8 oe 1 i j dd PELS x ix 1 i 1 TRET G 5 E co s ww oM d cu bue of AN P Bo 2 21 8 p re pr i 1 E d i i 2 a i 991 e s 5 AR AERA TERRE EET POPE M UI 4 5 i a EC i E t2189 ae S 9d 4 i 3 P A Eo MORE E ESET RC Tey oer go 2 2 i i SS 4 b SHD 2 5 Ies dii gt PLI nmm f 3 1 7 oe 5 i esed E f gt RENS E s AE 5 pue o a pet DeL pe met a 5 rie VOIE e 2 i Sys
57. 5 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 24M 2 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 2 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 21 5K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 21 5K OHM 1 0 125W SWITCH PUSH DPDT W 8 POLE SPRING MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LI OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT L OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT GATE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT GATE SEL SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 5 SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 0 4W 10V 594 SELECTED 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 24546 91637 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 03888 91121 01121 91637 91637 80009 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 80009 80009 04713 04713 Mfr Part Number MFF1816G10001F 83935 CB3305 CB1045 CB1045 CB3335 81055 1555 CB2235 CB1055 MFF1816G20001F CB6825 CB6825 MFF1816C14202C NC55C8902C MFF1816D34001D CB2245 MFF1816D37961C 1816087600 1045 1035 CB1055 CB1055 CB1055 PVC60 G24004G 2725 CB2235 MFF1816G21501F MFF1816G21501F 260 1445 02 MICROA741CP 741 MICROA741CP UAT7TA1CJG 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 SZG35009K3 52035009 3 REV JUN 1983 Ckt No C3132 C3219 C3226 C3233 C3241
58. APM HEXSEAL CORP C O PANEL COMPONENTS CORP Address BOX 14 AIRPORT 2400 BURNSIDE 105 SE TAYLOR 7923 SW CIRRUS DRIVE 542 BRANNAN STREET 2620 STEVENS DRIVE BOX 3608 BOX 2767 1500 E 9TH 57 21001 NORDHOFF STREET 300 CONSTITUTION DRIVE 446 BLAKE ST 3630 WOODDALE AVENUE 510 RIVER RD 7100 LAMPSON AVE 342 39TH ST 3301 ALLEN DRIVE LOWER WASHINGTON STREET BOX 114 YOUK EXPRESSWAY 16150 STAGG STREET 300 BAKER AVE 2620 ENDRESS PLACE 36 BUTLER ST 250 MAIN BOX 98 2536 W UNIVERSITY ST 666 E DYER RD 1501 MORSE AVENUE 459 MT PLEASANT 446 MORGAN ST 34 FOREST STREET 31 BROOK ST WEST 299 10TH AVE 5 800 E NORTHWEST HWY S MAIN ST 5700 W ROOSEVELT RD ST CHARLES ROAD 630 CENTRAL PARK AVE 47 16 AUSTEL PLACE 2100 S O BAY ST BOX 500 213 HARRIS AVE SOUTH 812 SNEDIKER AVE 2530 CRESCENT 15001 5 BROADWAY BOX 231 2527 GRANT AVENUE 701 SONORA AVENUE P O BOX 1360 BOX 3200 RINCON ANNEX 71 MURRAY STREET 40 MARBLEDALE ROAD BOX 1007 HURRICANE ROAD 57 CORDIER ST 44 HONECK ST ee rr P I TOKYO 149 JAPAN PORTLAND OR 97214 PORTLAND OR 87214 BEAVERTON 97005 SAN FRANCISCO 94307 RICHLAND WA 96352 HARRISBURG PA 17105 POMONA 91765 CHATSWORTH 91311 MENLO PARK 94025 NEW HAVEN CT 06515 MINNEAPOLIS MN 55416 SHELTON CT 06484 GARDEN GR
59. 321 0352 00 321 0332 00 315 0103 00 315 0101 00 307 0103 00 315 0104 00 315 0101 00 315 0513 00 315 0104 00 315 0513 00 315 0433 00 315 0473 00 Seriai Model No Eff 010109 8030000 8010100 8 030000 8030500 8010100 020246 8010100 8020246 8010100 8020232 Dscont B029999 B029999 B030499 B020245 8020245 8020231 8 Description COIL RF 200UH COIL RF 200UH TRANSISTOR UJT S 2N6027 98 SCR SILICON TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON RES FXD WW 0 3 OHM 1 3W RES FXD CMPSN 1K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 3 6K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 150K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 360 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 99K OHM 1 0 125W RES 820 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 180 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 820 OHM 5 0 25W 5 430 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 10K OHM 1 0 125W RE
60. 5 H 5 Bos 1 sE IM i So ere og 27m Amen me Tr E E 5 L ID eciie i eeu id E x pue eee mah EVA AP mmm 5 1 Fou i 3 t ws Pew cow t i i 1 2e 3 18 i d T i gt 1 i E s i 1 i i i 1 1 A d T TENE Atte Aet ap PPE agen o mo rab B m AINA MA nnde AR Y Ato esae be ido eid du ze NR nme See SEP Poo ed 00 990090996 coo rea EEE na RE tere oe ngo eA AR LR i EEL ALND arad WO RC PONE M mtn gt gt PARE INES PER ELIA EIN ar PORTION IVE IO AY ALTE RN GI MS A T i sus V NM i utei cree rante re Ire APER Op UA cct ZH My manto mm ren EE m md vorne tee a CARN NAI Vc eA es 2 t YOM POUL SE GO CALA SP MASS a TE Tr TH LAT UN
61. 50 FXD CER DEO 47UF 80 20 100V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA TRANSISTOR SILICON TRANSISTOR FET N CHAN SIF 1782 70 18 TRANSISTOR SILICON TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP AES RES AES AES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES 5 100 5 0 25 FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 18M OHM 10 0 25W FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W 5 100 OHM 5 0 25W 5 100 5 0 25 FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 6 0 25W FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 FXD FILM 100K OHM 0 25 0 125W FXD CMPSN 3 3M OHM 5 0 25W 50 OHM 0 25 0 125W XD FILM 100K OHM 0 25 5 0 125W FILM 50K 0 25 0 125 XD FILM 50K OHM 0 25 5 0 125W FILM 50K 0 25 0 125 XD FILM 100K OHM 0 25 0 125W FXD FILM 100K OHM 0 25 0 125W FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 1M
62. CR2341 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1N4152R CR2344 152 0141 02 8030000 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1NA152R CR2358 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1 415286 02161 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 80009 151 0410 00 02162 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR 80009 151 0410 00 Q2246 151 1054 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL DUAL 17856 DN1114 Q2248 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR FET N CHAN SI F1782 70 18 17856 FN1234 Q2249 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR FET N CHAN SIF1782 T0 18 17856 FN1234 02257 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR FET N CHAN SIF1782 T0 18 17856 FN1234 02258 151 1022 00 TRANSISTOR FET N CHAN SI F1782 T0 18 17856 FN1234 Q2259 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 80008 151 0410 00 02341 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 80009 151 0410 00 02342 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 80009 151 0410 00 02345 151 0410 00 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP 80009 151 0410 00 R2137 315 0623 00 RES FXD CMPSN 62K 5 0 25 01121 CB6235 R2138 315 0203 00 RES 20 5 0 25 01121 CB2035 R2139 315 0153 00 FXD CMPSN 15K 5 0 25 01121 CB1535 82142 315 0123 00 RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1235 R2144 315 0393 00 RES 9 OHM 5 6 0 25W 01121 CB3935 82146 315 0103 00 RES FXD CMPSN 10K 5 0 25 01121 CB1035 R2149 316 0186 00 RES FXD CMPSN 18M 10 0 25 01121 CB1861 R2157 315 0473 00 8010100 8010128 RES 5 47
63. Mfr Part Number CB2225 CB1045 CB2045 MFF1816G39201F MFF1816G28001F 3329P 158 103 CB1561 1816649900 CB4335 CB1025 CB2435 CB4735 CB1045 CB1545 CB2235 CB2235 CB2245 81035 1025 120 0976 00 MICROA741CP UA741CJG MICROA741CP UA7A1CJG MICROA741CP UA741CJG MICROA741CP UA741CJG TD3810983 SZG35008K20 52035009 20 52035009 2 52035009 8 5211755 52635008 5211795 25409 REV JUN 1983 No C7132 C7232 24 07242 87122 87129 87138 87146 7224 87225 R7234 R7244 R7245 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No mmm omm 283 0059 00 283 0059 00 152 0141 02 151 0302 00 321 0301 00 321 0288 00 321 0335 00 315 0103 00 315 0223 00 311 1559 00 315 0113 00 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 Serial Modet No Dscont Name amp Description BOARD ASSY X Y PLUG IN 016 0606 00 ONLY CAP FXD CER DE1UF 80 2096 50V DE 1UF 80 20 50V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN RES FXD FILM 13 3K OHM 196 0 125 RES FXD FILM 9 76K OHM 1 0 425W RES FXD FILM 30 1K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 595 0 25W VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 20 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 11K OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXO CMPSN 18K OHM 5 0 25W Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 91642 51642 01295 07263 91637 91637 91637 01121
64. Operating Instructions 1503 Nominal C 30B 31B camera settings fistop 56 11 time 15 magnification 1 2 fixed at 0 5 C 31B focus as necessary Battery Care To charge the batteries connect the 1503 to a suitable ac power source The battery pack will be fuily charged in 16 hours Approximately 30 minutes of operating time can be expected from a one hour partial charge The batteries will not overcharge if left on longer than 16 hours so the 1503 can remain connected to an ac source without damaging the batteries Reverse charging a battery can damage it Reverse charging can occurif an individual becomes discharg ed before the others Such a case can develop due to cell aging partial charging or if a cell is replaced If a cell becomes completely discharged it is possible for it to become reverse charged by the current from the stronger celis The battery charger is designed using SCR protec tion circuits to prevent deep discharge The SCR protec tion circuits automatically shut off the instrument whenever battery voltage falls below about 10 V Do not leave the POWER switch on when the protection circuit has shut down the instrument because there is still a slight drain on the battery To obtain longer battery life the full 16 hour charge should be completed in preference to a partial charge cycle whenever possible n addition approxiamtely once a month or every 15 charge discharge cycles whic
65. RES VAR NONWIR 5K 10 0 50 RES FXD CMPSN 15K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 82 5 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 348 OHM 1 0 425W RES FXD FILM 182 OHM 195 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100 1 0 25 RES FXD FILM 60 4 1 0 125 Repiaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 75042 91637 Part Number CB2235 CB1025 1035 4705 81035 082235 82235 CB3045 CB4735 CB1025 CB3315 CB2215 CB1015 CB1015 CB1035 CB2235 CB2045 CB4735 CB8225 CB1015 CB8225 CBS625 1015 CB1015 CB1035 MFF1816G75RO00F MFF1816G93R10F MFF1816G127ROF MFF1816G49R90F CB4725 CB4725 83325 1025 1045 MFF1816G562R0F 3335 CB3925 CB1035 CB1035 CB2745 3329P L58 204 CB1045 CB1035 882705 882705 CB8225 3329P L58 502 1535 1015 MFF1816G82R50F MFF1816G348RO0F MFF1816G182RO0F 1000 MFF1816G60R40F Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 No 81743 81751 81752 1754 81755 87761 81762 81765 R1765 81773 81774 81781 R1782
66. index No 2 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 Tektronix Part No 337 2313 00 211 0008 00 337 2314 00 210 0406 00 166 0233 00 129 0605 00 129 0353 00 211 0116 00 131 0604 00 131 0608 00 131 0827 00 131 0993 00 131 1003 00 131 1691 00 136 0252 04 136 0252 04 136 0269 02 136 0514 00 136 0514 00 214 0579 00 343 0495 01 210 3050 00 343 0499 01 210 3050 00 343 0496 02 210 3033 00 343 0497 02 210 3033 00 343 0496 03 210 3033 00 343 0497 03 210 3033 00 131 0707 00 352 0169 01 352 0169 05 352 0165 04 352 0162 09 210 0774 00 210 0775 00 175 0830 00 162 0510 00 162 0520 00 162 0576 00 162 0578 00 REV JUN 1983 Serial Model 010100 061462 8010100 8061462 Oscont 8061461 8082958 8061461 8082958 Qty e gt 421224 12345 Repiaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 Name amp Description SHIELD ELEC CIRCUIT TOP teu ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL e END ATTACHING 777 SHIELD ELEC CIRCUIT CARD BOTTOM MILL ATTACHING PARTS NUT PLAIN 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS po ees END ATTACHING PARTS SPACER SLEEVE 0 312 L X 0 129 ID BRS POST ELEC MECH 0
67. 0 125W FXD FILM 100 OHM 0 1 0 125W FXD FILM 100 ORM 0 1 0 125W EXD FILM 100 OHM Q 1 0 125W XD FILM 100 0 1 0 125 FILM 100 0 1 0 125W FILM 106 OHM 0 1 0 125W FILM 100 OHM 0 1 0 125W XD FILM 100 OHM 0 19 0 125W XD FILM 100 1 0 125W FILM 100 OHM 0 1 0 125W Mfr Code v M MM 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91537 91637 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 24546 81073 81073 Mfr Part Number 1816010000 18160500 0 1816 500 0 18160500 0 8 16050080 1816050080 MEF 1816050080 1816050080 MFF1816D500ROC MFF1816D500R0C NESSE1000B NESSE 10008 55 10008 55 1 0008 55 10008 55 10008 5 10008 NE55E 10008 55 10008 5 10008 515 2201208 51SP3001111N REV JUN 1983 Ckt 69 0380 0390 CRO282 20401 20401 0401 20401 20401 20401 20491 0491 20491 20491 20491 20491 10234 MO171 0171 0151 80751 80151 RO151 80165 60251 80252 40262 40263 RO271 R0271 80271 80271 0271 90271 80352 10432 0432 0442 80442 10442 80442 80472 R0472 R2126 50151 50151 50151 50151 50165 50481 51215 51343 51356 51356 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 016 0595 00 283 0279 00 283 0279 00 150 1040 01 159 0029 00
68. 0 312 INCH DIA SHIELD CRT SUPPORT CRT FRONT RETAINER SHLD IMPLOSION SHLO IMPLOSION CRT CLEAR BRACKET ANGLE PLUG IN GUIDE ALUMINUM 3 ken ATTACHING PARTS tatr SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTS WASHER FLAT 0 5 ID X 0 688 OD SPONGE SPACER POST 0 975 L W 4 40 THD PLSTC SPACER POST 0 975L W 4 40 EA END PLSTC ATTACHING PARTS aeu TITLES SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL SCREW TPG TF 4 20 X 0 25L PAN HEAD STL T ATTACHING PARTS ttt EXTENSION SHAFT 4 14 INCH LONG EXTENSION SHAFT PUSH BUTTON 1 54 INCH LONG EXTENSION SHAFT 3 31 INCH L MOLDED PLASTIC MARKER IDENT MKD DANGER 165 CKT BOARD ASSY MAIN VERT AMP W CAM SWITCH CKT BOARD ASSY MAIN VERT AMP W CAM SWITCH OPTION 5 ONLY PARTS INSERT SFT SEAL 0 625 OD X 0 407 0 562 18 PACKING PREFMD 0 25 10 X 0 375 INCH OD SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS SCR TPG THD CTG 4 24 X 0 25 INCH PNH STL ATTACHING PARTS tnit MAIN AND VERTICAL BOARD ASSY INCLUDES BOARD ASSY VERTICAL SEE 2 EPL ATTACHING 5 SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 1 55 WASHER FLAT 0 125 ID X 0 25 INCH OD BRS ATTACHING 5 BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES CONTACT ELEC CKT BD SW SPR CU BE TERMINAL PIN 0 365 L X 0 025 PH BRZ GOLD SOCKET TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA
69. 00 _ Adapter Camera Extension 016 0327 01 Chart Recorder 016 0506 03 i Chart paper 006 1658 00 or 01 Connector BNC Female to GR 017 0063 00 Connector BNC Male to GR 017 0064 00 Adapter 50 125 0 017 0090 00 Adapter 50 75 0 017 0091 00 Adapter 50 93 Q 017 0092 00 a Connector Female to UHF 103 0015 00 Connector BNC Female to Duai Banana Plug 103 0090 00 Connector BNC Male to Male 103 0029 00 Connector BNC Female 103 0032 00 Connector BNC Maie to Dual Binding Post 103 0035 00 Connector BNC Male to N 103 0058 00 Connector BNC Femaie to Dual Banana Piug 103 0090 00 Locating a Discontinuity in a Cable The DISTANCE dial and the FEET DIV control make it possible to evaulate cables as long as 50 000 feet 10 000 metres subject to their transmission quality The entire length can be displayed directly on the crt if desired if a chart recorder is used only that portion ofthe trace seen on the crt will be recorded on the graph To check cables using only the crt display the FEET DIV METRES DIV control and the X10 X100 X1 X10 control must be set so that the crt display window is longer than the cable For example if the cable is 1500 feet 500 metres long set the FEET DIV METRES DIV control to 25 10 and the multiplier control to X10 X10 Operating Instructions 1503 This settino of the FEET DIV METRES DIV con
70. 01 670 3895 00 670 3895 01 670 3895 02 670 3895 03 670 3130 00 670 3130 02 670 3130 03 670 3010 00 670 3010 01 670 3010 02 670 3513 00 570 3513 01 670 3513 02 670 3520 00 670 3520 01 670 3520 02 670 3865 00 670 3865 01 670 5634 00 1500476 000682 150D226X0015B2 DU4908103J 192 27352 663UW 15351 101025U223M0508 7001 1362 TDC686MOO65NLF 8131 05825110474 686 006 0 686 006 TDC686MOOSNLF TDC686MO0O6NLF 8131 0582500474 196D685X0035KA1 811 565B202J 831 518 2500181 TDC686MOQGNLF TOC686MOOSNLF 1500476 000682 20006681044 7 3 Replaceable Electrical 15 1503 Ckt No C1534 C1536 C1538 C1548 C1554 C1556 C1558 C1863 C1565 C1574 C157 1578 1585 1586 1593 C1895 C1596 C1601 C1605 C1607 C1647 C1648 C1654 C1673 C1677 C1686 C1687 C1697 C1698 C170 C1706 C1715 C1741 C1742 C1743 C1762 C1765 CI C1783 C1793 1358 CR1432 1433 1463 CH1556 CR1557 CR1558 CR1561 CR1563 CR 1564 CR1572 CR1581 CR1582 CR1639 CR1647 Tektronix Part No 283 0625 00 290 0559 00 283 0694 00 283 0193 00 290 0530 00 283 0115 00 283 0047 00 283 0060 00 283 0154 00 283 0047 00 283 0047 00 290 0517 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 285 0598 00 283 0023 00 283 0115 00 283 0000 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 290 0517 00 290 0559 00 290 0530 00 283 0115 00 283 0115 00 283 0032 00 283 0107 00 283 0175 00 283 0
71. 01121 73138 01121 01121 01121 Mfr Part Number 4000507501052 4000502501052 1 415256 5038487 1816013301 MFF1816GS7600F CMF55116G30101F CB1035 2235 91 81 0 1135 1045 1035 7 19 Replaceable Electrical 5 1503 Ckt No 8 R1356 R1356 R 1356 1356 81355 81356 81356 1356 81356 81356 R1357 81357 81357 81357 R1357 R1357 A1357 R1357 81357 81357 51356 51357 7 20 Tektronix Part No vanr awe 321 0193 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0612 03 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 32 1 0097 07 321 0097 07 321 0097 07 260 1918 00 260 1919 00 Serial Modei No Eff Dscont Name amp Description BOARD ASSY CABLE VP FACTOR OPTION 1 ONLY RES RES RES AES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES RES SWITCH ROTARY DISTANCE CAL 8 POSITION SWITCH ROTARY DISTANCE 11 POS FXO FILM 1K OHM 0 25 5 0 125W FXD FILM 500 OHM 0 25 0 125W FXD FILM 500 0 25 0 125 FXD FILM 500 OHM 0 25 0 125W FXD FILM 500 0 25 0 125 FILM 500 0 25 0 125W 500 0 25 0 125 FXD FILM 500 ORM 0 25 0 125W EXD FILM 500 OHM 0 26 0 125W FXD FILM 500 OHM 0 25
72. 0123 00 1 CONNECTOR PLUG 50 OHM BNC 80009 011 0123 00 3 161 0066 00 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 115V 98 0 L 16428 KHBABI 4 161 0066 09 XB102860 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 0 75MM 50 220 96 0 L 80126 ORD men OPTION Al EUROPEAN ONLY 5 161 0066 10 XB102860 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 0 75MM SQ 240V 96 0 L 80126 OBD OPTION A2 UNITED KINGDOM ONLY NE 6 161 0066 11 102860 1 CABLE 55 3 0 75 240 96 01 53109 OBD T OPTION AUSTRALIAN ONLY 7 161 0066 12 XB102860 1 CABLE ASSY PWR 3 18 AWG 240V 96 0 L 80126 OBD OPTION A4 NORTH AMERICAN ONLY 8 159 0029 00 8010100 8049999 1 FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 3A 250V SLOW BLOW 71400 MDL3 10 159 0032 00 8050000 1 PUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 54 250V SLOW BLOW 71400 MDL 1 2 159 0054 00 010100 8049999 l FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 15A 250V SLOW BLOW 71400 MBL 15 100 gt 159 0029 01 8050000 l FUSE CARTRIDGE BUSSMAN ONLY 71400 MDL3 10 5 9 378 0055 00 FILTER MESH CRT 80009 378 0055 00 m 016 0606 00 MODULE X Y OUTPUT 80009 016 0606 00 070 1864 01 i MANUAL TECH OPERATORS 80009 070 1864 01 070 1865 01 MANUAL TECH INSTRUCTION 80009 070 1865 01 T 012 0671 02 020320 1 CABLE INTCON 108 0 INCHES L 80009 012 0671 02 in 003 0700 01 XB040840 1 RULE SLIDE TIME DOMAIN REFLECTOMETER 80009 003 0700 01 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 011 0102 00 1 TERMN COAXLAL 75 OHM BNC 80009 011 0102 00 013 0076 00 1 ADAPTER CONN BNC FEMALE TO CLIP LEADS 8000
73. 0586 00 214 0001 00 211 0102 00 386 3216 00 105 0652 00 211 0102 00 200 1759 00 016 0595 00 214 1573 00 210 1160 00 334 2665 00 334 2666 00 334 2667 00 437 0188 01 200 1805 00 213 0739 00 210 1231 00 386 3303 01 REV JUN 1983 Serial Model No Eff 8010100 8082400 010100 8082400 8010100 8082400 8010100 8 010100 8082507 Dscont 8082399 8082399 BO82399 082506 082506 Qty n3 eL 24 A o b o 8 B BO o 4 Repiaceabie Mechanical Parts 1503 12345 8 Description ACCESS LATCH ASSEMBLY LATCH ASSEMBLY e HATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 375 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTSy nm LATCH ASSEMBLY INCLUDES HANDLE LATCH 2 108 HANDLE LATCH MOLDING orem AL ATTACHING PARTS tme 8 5 0 125 DIA X 2 0 INCH LONG PIN SPRING 0 375 L X 0 125 00 57 ATTACHING 5 GUIDE SHAFT GUIDE SHAFT STEEL temm ATTACHING PARTSy mnm PIN SPRING 0 375 X 0 069 UU END ATTACHING PARTS _SPRING HLCPS 1 0 L X 0 24 OD MUSIC WIR RING RETAINING E SHAPE 0 102 ID X 0 270 EXTENSION SHAFT 2 274 L X 0 188 OD STL Lee HHATTACHING PARTS PIN SPRING 0 375 L X 0 101 00 57 END ATTACHING PARTS mm LATCH COVER e ATTACHING 5 PIN STR HDLS 0 125 DIA X 1 0 INCH LONG S ATTACHING PARTS SPA
74. 125 OD NPRN ANASHER FLAT 0 15 10 X 0 032 THK STL CD PIN INCLUDES RING RETAINING TRUARC CAD PLATE t END ATTACHING PARTS PANEL FRONT SUBPANEL FRONT SUBPANEL FRONT ote ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL ENDO ATTACHING PARTS p BOARD ASSY X Y MODULE SEE 7 EPL PARTSy terii SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH ATTACHING PARTS BOARD ASSY INCLUDES TERMINAL 0 365 L X 0 025 PH BRZ GOLD BUS CONDUCTOR 2 WIRE BLACK SKT PL IN ELEK TRANSISTOR 3 CONTACT PCB BRACKET FR SECT ALUMINUM qtti ATTACHING PARTS mem SSCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL tmm END ATTACHING NUT BLOCK 0 38 X 0 26 X 0 282 2 4 40 rime ATTACHING PARTS e er SSCRE W MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL END ATTACHING PARTS 744 FRAME SECTION LEFT AND RIGHT PLATE INDENT BLANK SUBPANEL FRONT ATTACHING 5 SCR TPG THD FOR 6 20 X 0 625 INCH OVH STL SCR TPG THO FOR 6 32 X 0 50 DEG FLH ST oam END ATTACHING PARTS BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMP SEE ATTACHING 8 SCR TPG THD CTG 4 24 X 0 25 INCH PNH STL eme END ATTACHING PARTS teet CKT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 14 DIP LOW CL TERMINAL PIN 0 365 L X 0 025 PH BRZ GOLD
75. 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 1A SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 600V 500MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 6004 500 SEMICOND 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA FUSE CARTRIDGE 2A 125V 5 SEC FUSE CARTRIDGE 2A 125V 5 SEC FUSE FUSE COIL COIL 125 5 SEC CARTRIDGE 125 5 SEC 200UH RF 200UH COIL RF 200UH Mfr Code 56289 56289 56289 56289 56289 90201 90201 56289 90201 90201 90201 90201 56289 59660 90201 56289 90201 90201 90201 96733 56289 59821 59660 59660 90201 56289 56289 59660 80009 04713 01295 01295 80009 01295 80009 80009 80009 01295 01295 80009 01295 01295 80009 14936 14936 04295 01295 75915 75915 75915 75918 80009 80009 80009 Mfr Part Number 2C20Z25U 10520258 150047 000682 2C2025U1052025B 2C2025U1052025B 1500476X0006B2 156 020 TDC226M035WLG 10901072703072 107 020 1 THF107MO20P1G THF107MO20P1G THF107M020P1G 109D107C703012 875571YEE0272J TTXAT1UO0161E TA3P 1500226 001582 47100161 T
76. 2 QN9 N34 SISSWHD ia CENI QUE Aes gt tz gs o ETON z v Arno 6108 142963 SN 05 one BOLOW hers fi re lt 1 it 09 lt 01 1 4 i irrg x es 1 4 ES gt 089 MM 7 z cg 181 u 1 45 5 65 2 1 51 1 49 i 18 00 12 19 19 032 lt 12 29 lei _ x DELON 7 11 19 i4Y 12 25 c OND E ig NU f 1 18 m 4 95 E SISSWHO 11 18 11 41 I 62 69 ZL Poe 7 19 woud Ie di 59 05 X3 06d 2 69 1 19 i lt 690014 9 ANO 21v 1 99 6 69 gevoeg AAAS 1Y21L 3 INTERCONNECTION 8 POWER DISTRIBUTION A eld rer nm ra Section 9 1503 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become available and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements developed in
77. 200K OHM 2096 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 200K OHM 5 0 25W MICROCIRCUIT DEQUAD 24 GATE MICROCIRCUIT DEQUAD 2 INPUT GATE SEL MICROCIRCUITT DEQUAD BILATERAL SWITCH Mfr Code 73138 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 73138 01121 91637 73138 73138 01121 80009 80009 07263 Mfr Part Number 91 81 0 1025 CB1045 CB1025 1055 CB3635 MFF1816G17801F CB1835 MFF1816G88700F 91 76 0 1835 MFF1816G88700F 91 76 0 91 76 0 CB2045 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 74LS85 PC OR DC REV JUN 1983 Ckt No 4 C4148 C4119 C4128 C4134 C4135 C4312 C4321 C4328 CR4151 CR4186 CR4211 CR4311 CR4313 CR4323 Q4145 Q4145 04148 04149 04149 04149 84114 84114 84114 84122 84123 84126 94126 4126 84129 4141 R4145 R4146 84148 84221 4222 84245 84442 4442 14241 T4241 VR4117 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 283 0068 00 285 1093 00 283 0068 00 283 0000 00 283 0000 00 285 1093 00 285 1093 00 285 0644 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0429 00 152 0429 00 152 0429 00 152 0429 00 151 0273 00 151 0347 00 151 0136 03 151 0273 00 151 0347 00 151 0136 03 315 0106 00 315 0125 00 315 0625 00 315 0470 00 315 0470 00 315 0225 00 315 0155 00 315 0474 00 315 0475 00 315 0472 00 315 0105 00 315 0472 00 315 0105 00 315 0475 00 311 1257 00 315 0102 00 315 0475 00 120 0975 00 120 0975 01 152 0247 00
78. 202 203 204 9 10 Tektronix Part No 220 0547 01 211 0101 00 198 2257 00 131 0707 00 352 0168 02 352 0169 04 352 0161 01 352 0161 05 352 0165 03 352 0165 06 352 0164 02 352 0164 07 175 0825 00 175 0826 00 175 0829 00 175 0830 00 No Dscont Qty ho 4 4 1 12345 Name amp Description NUT BLOCK 0 38 X 0 26 X 0 282 2 4 40 PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL ATTACHING PARTSp WIRE SET ELEC CONNECTOR 22 26 AWG BRS 8 CU BE GOLD CONN BODY 2 WIRE RED CONN BODY PL EU 2 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE BLUE CONN BODY PL EL 6 WIRE RED HLDR TERM 6 WIRE VIOLET WIRE ELECTRICAL 2 WIRE RIBBON WIRE ELECTRICAL 3 WIRE RIBBON WIRE ELECTRICAL 6 WIRE RIBBON WIRE ELECTRICAL WIRE RIBBON Mfr Code OOOFW 83385 80009 22526 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 08261 08261 Mfr Part Number 198 2257 00 47439 352 0169 00 352 0169 04 352 0161 01 352 0161 05 352 0165 03 352 0165 06 352 0164 02 352 0164 07 175 0825 00 175 0826 00 55 0626 710610 55 0726 710610 REV JUN 1983 Fig amp index No 3 1 2 3 4
79. 207 o cag S i rm c 8942 20514 OMS 9510 85811 db bts um 5 2 e C 1 COVEY 5 6 2 a Gee em e mM MASS us IH Mee esamina gemit 9riu i eo i amp 19911 d 5 d i 2088 id n PR 2 AES lt 4 Pj 44 7 v i Air nes iam AITNE DA VEI Dese iit RAN HIA NIS ISO esee i lt gt 9 4 1 cE Socii IES e Seti nus a es II ec 1 E VE UR 5 E 60 NBS esto o Ate Ys ME eg bod IS Re Ret eet rnnt fees m n n iD 7 p 9 e i MAH 5 1 vGtiu 65514 E v o 70 ee 6221 21 Old OL 852 8508 19210 9970 Bezp 2113 9S 1H 95619 ME 86210 915 MS Re o E NS 3 EM Ed _ Siu
80. 312 INCH PNH SST WASHER FLAT G 125 2 X 0 25 INCH OD BRS END ATTACHING PARTS ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY INCLUDES RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS _WASHER LOCK 0 261 ID INTL 0 018 THK BRS RES STEEL CD PL ATTACHING PARTSy mmm mj SCREW MACHINE 2 56 X 0 25 INCH PNH STL WASHER LOCK INTL 0 092 ID X 0 18 OD ST END ATTACHING 7777 SPACER POST 0 875 L W2 56 THD BRS CPLG SHAFT RGD 0 125 SHAFT SETSCREW 4 40 X 0 094 STL BK PACKING PREFMD 0 176 10 X 0 312 OD STOP ELEC SW EXTENSION SHAFT 0 125 DIA X 3 375 INCH L NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS BEARING CAM SW REAR CONTACT ELEC GROUNDING SPRING FLAT GREEN COLORED ROLLER DETENT 0 125 DIA X 0 125 5ST NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS BEARING CAM SW FRONT ATTACHING PARTS RING RETAINING 0 395 FREE iD X 0 025 5 rw 2 ATTACHING PARTS ACTUATOR SWITCH CAM SWITCH ASSY RTRYASEE 52126 EPL ATTACHING SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH SST 0125 ID X 0 25 INCH BRS END ATTACHING 5 7777 ACTR ASSEMBLY INCLUDES SPRING FLAT 0 885 X 0 156 CU BE GLD CLR ROLLER DETENT 0 125 DIA X 0 125 SST NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS BEARING CAM SW FRONT ATTACHING PARTSy nz RING RETAINING 0 395 FREE ID X 0 025 5 II END AT
81. 3390 LON S PILETA 7 9 748 21501 di Q 125 4 0 19115 t iti MOA4IAS ASS Ager 2 990233 91 Bisa aOR Repeater erection E CA ATOR RMIT EY EAI eR ae totoy YIA V2 12 WZA Bld ipi l 009 099 voT r tS0 b LY 11117 SULA PLIT 711 11118 7 lt 14 A 4 2a 1 d 59 i f ie222 T lt lt lt lt OOF AC tel 066 9811 0 0 vt vi a DE t JE CAD iu3A TE T 91171735 1 11419 TIETY 81818 611152 4 3 gt D lt lt vt 151144 Ac Ee 1 2 4 f 5 Pld writes 2 5 v t 7 1 Ae S 11 a 92 2 n r 951344 80117 17 A ERE T ild 508 1 NIV 119 39 9 ir Letty PA 1550 icm Emm ______ 1 170 T 2 1 19 96 81 lt 70 u v 87 5507 1235 2 101 5 1 SI bres etit 114 25109 dWVH MOIS 1v2Iiu3A AS TWOLEAA b TWDILWAA y
82. 735 W 4 40 THD INT EXT POST ELEC MECH 0 188 HEX X 0 385 INCH LO ATTACHING PARTS SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS ATTACHING 7 CONTACT ELEC CKT SW SPR CU BE TERMINAL 0 365 L X 0 025 PH GOLD CONTACT ELEC 0 55 INCH LONG BUS CONDUCTOR 2 WIRE BLACK CONN RCPT ELEC PRONG CONN ROPT ELEC FEMALE SOCKET PIN TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS SOCKET PIN TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 14 DIP LOW C SKT PL IN ELEC MICROCIRCUIT 8 DIP SKT PL IN ELEC MICROCIRCUIT 8 DIP IERM TEST POINT BRS CD PL CLIP SWITCH FRONT 7 5 MM 1 UNIT ATTACHING PARTS EYELET METALLIC 0 218 X 0 059 OD BRS END ATTACHING CLIP SWITCH REAR 7 5 UNIT ATTACHING PARTS EYELET METALLIC 0 278 L X 0 059 OD BRS END ATTACHING PARTS SWITCH FRONT ATTACHING 5 EYELET METALLIC 0 59 OD X 0 156 INCH LON eset EME ATTACHING PARTS To de d d c n CLIP SWITCH REAR tri ATTACHING EYELET METALLIC 0 59 OD X 0 156 INCH LON END ATTACHING PARTSy SWITCH FRONT 10 MM X 3 UNIT e ATTACHING 5 445949 EYELET METALLIC 0 58 OD X 0 156 INCH LON END ATTACHING PARTS p Utte CLIP SWITCH REAR 10 MM X 3 UNIT M auis c9 n or ATTACHING 5 EYELET METALLIC 0
83. 82233 B7 R2235 E2 R2236 E7 R2237 07 82242 G3 R2247 F7 R2251 Fa R2258 H9 R2266 B6 R2267 G5 R2311 H2 R2321 B7 R2322 B6 R2323 H5 R2324 C6 R2325 B5 R2326 B4 2337 07 R2346 82347 F7 R2348 F8 R2353 G2 CKT NO R2354 R2355 R2361 50481 52126 52254 72131 92136 92143 12332 VR2212 GRiD LOC G9 H9 G5 A10 AFAA AANGAL TE AW SG 76110 2 AS Q rnm M LPETS GES g 85 Wi itd v 0 8 r 851244 96412 6 _ 221 ere 351 0N d p 1 vid rmm imme m o a omis BOL MARO SIRKETI BRS comm erri PSIS r lt gt ys lt 554 2 LEJ 1 70 94 228 rn ipta 53 1119 104100 11 21907 i 03 1 64 ica 334 2729 T T r 1641741 Ch T 611121 i 1313 Nad lt gt 1 594 WOR 6111 rp S 2001 i AS 594 O50238 4 lt 6 eS D 1 484 th E 4 v 050738 if wowa Lodz no 155457 07 lt 70 m Tsien Sm
84. 90295 OPTION 76 ONLY 7 22 REV JUN 1983 Section 8 1503 Symbols Graphic symbols and class designation letters are 14 15 1966 Drafting Practices based on ANSI Standard Y32 2 1975 Y 14 2 1973 Line Conventions and Lettering 10 5 1968 Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32 14 1973 in Electrical Science Electrical terms of positive logic Logic Symbols depict the logic Engineering function performed and may differ from the manufac turer s data American National Standard Institute 1430 Broadway New York New York 10018 The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when it is in the low state Component Values Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted otherwise Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 1 1972 AM Capacitors Values one or greater arein picofarads pF Values less than one are in microfarads Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation ur of diagrams by Tektronix Inc are Resistors Ohms 0 The information and special symbois below may appear in this manual Assembly Numbers and Grid Coordinates The schematic diagram and circuit board component Each assembly in the instrument is assigned an location illustration have grids A lookup table with the assembiy number e g A20 The assembly number grid coordinates is provi
85. AMATOM ELECTRONIC HARDWARE DIV OF MITE CORP MINNESOTA RUBBER CO USM CORP USM FASTENER SPECTRA STRIP CORP RELIANCE MICA FREEWAY CORPORATION CLAROSTAT MFG INC GENERAL ELECTRIC ELECTRONIC CAPACITOR AND BATTERY PRODUCTS DEPT BATTERY PRODUCTS SEC BERG ELECTRONICS INC ESNA DIV OF AMERACE CORPORATION GENERAL RADIO CO SPECIALITY CONNECTOR INC THOMAS AND BETTS COMPANY BRONSON HOMER D CO BUSSMAN MFG DIVISION OF MCGRAW EDISON CO ITT CANNON ELECTRIC TRW CINCH CONNECTORS CONTINENTAL SCREW CO DIV OF AMTEL INC FISCHER SPECIAL MFG CO TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC METALLURGICAL MATERIALS DIV HOLO KROME CO JOHNSON F CO LITTELFUSE INC OAK INDUSTRIES INC SWITCH DIV PHEOLL MANUFACTURING CO DIVISION OF ALLIED PRODUCTS CORP ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC SHAKEPROOF DIVISION STEWART STAMPING CORP WALDES KOHINOOR INC WROUGHT WASHER MFG CO TEKTRONIX INC ELECTRICAL SPECIALITY CO SUBSIDIARY OF CORP SMITH HERMAN INC CENTRAL SCREW CO ASSOCIATED SPRING SEABOARD DIV BOYD A B CO SEASTROM MFG COMPANY N L INDUSTRIES INC SOUTHERN SCREW DIV VAN WATERS AND ROGERS INC REESE J RAMSEY INC KINGS ELECTRONICS INC ESSEX INTERNATIONAL INC CONTROLS DIV LEXINGTON PLANT BENDIX CORP THE ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS DIV MICROWAVE DEVICES PLANT INDUSTRIAL RETAINING RING CO
86. Apply G 661 lubricant to both knobs as shown in Fig 5 34 2 install the knobs on the shafts of the FOCUS and INTENSITY controis 5 17 Maintenance 1503 NO 3144 SEALANT G 661 LUBRICANT Fig 5 34 Lubrication of FOCUS and INTENSITY control knobs 30 Watertight sealing procedures for the Battery Pack see Figs 5 35 and 5 36 a BATTERY PACK MPL item 2 30 b PANEL DOW CORNING 4 POUN Not shown in MPL aa n HEAT SINKS Not shown in MPL d GASKET Not shown in MPL HEAT SINK NO 3144 SEALANT e Procedure Fig 5 36 Application of dielectric type compound 1 Clean Panel with isopropyl alcohol 31 Watertight sealing procedures for the Front 2 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant in and around Panel jacks of the X Y Output Module 016 0606 00 each of the six screw holes in the Panel See Fig 5 35 see Fig 5 37 FRONT PANEL Apply a film of Dow Corning 4 Compound to MPL Item 3 13 the mating surfaces of the heat sinks and the Panel and join as shown in Fig 5 36 SUB PANEL 4 Clean the gasket with acetone MPL Item 3 14 5 Apply a film of 3144 sealant to the gasket and JACK TIP BLACK attach it to the Panel as shown in Fig 5 36 MPL 3 5 d JACK TIP RED MPL 3 6 3144 SEALANT WASHER JACK FRONT PANEL SUBPANEL Fig 5 37 Detail of front panel jacks e Procedure 1 Clean the mating surface of th
87. C 1648 Any fast transient negative going voltages on the CABLE will be clamped to about 9 V Slow transient positive or negative voltages less than 400 V and less than 400 Hz will be blocked by the reactance of C1715 and the selected output resistance 3 5 Theory of Operation 1503 Sampler The sampler circuits receive the test pulse and the reflected pulse from the Pulse Generator and the CABLE connector via a coaxial cable The cable has a ferrite bead isolator The R1791 R1733 and R1734 provideimpedance matching for the cable Capacitors C1741 and 1742 compensate for a dc component of the pulse train First Sampling Gate During the period in which the gate diodes are forward biased by the strobe pulse capacitors C1697 and C1793 appear in parallel and are charged to a portion of the input signal level at that instant The amplifier U1798 is too slow to respond After several hundred nanoseconds the amplifier realizes that ts in put output levels are not in the correct proportion and the output begins to move to correct the situation causing charge redistribution between C 1793 and C1697 Closer took at the amplifier showsthatisanon inverting amplifier with positive feedback by means of C1697 The gain ofthe feedback loop is varied from 1 to 62 by R1693 in conjunction with R1692 and the forward gainis 1 62 set by the same resistors for an equivalent gain variation of 1 1 62 The final state of charge on each o
88. C size 9 cell 20 C to 25 and discharge temperature eee ees eee waa Full Charge Time 16 hours Typical Charge Capacity 200 Discharge Temperature 420 C to 18 C 25 C 455 C Charge Temperature 40 6096 50 20 C to 26 65 100 85 440 C 400 65 55 Recorder interface for Recorders Horizontal 0 1 V div Source impedance 10 kQ Vertical 0 09 to 0 13 V div adjustable Source impedance 10 Pen Lift Mode 1 Source 5 V Nominal with 10 Sink lt 10mA Vou lt 0 5 V Mode 1 Source V 5 Nominal with Sink 0 5 mA 0 6 V 1 4 9 Specification 1503 Table 1 2 cont Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental information MM M eee eA OPP Y T Plug in Chart Recorder Interface i Vertical 0 2 V div nominal Source impedance 200 switched The TEKTRONIX Chart Recorder 016 0506 03 is designed to operate with the 1503 The chart uses a heat sensitive stylus to record on 4 cm chart paper Chart recording length is controlled by 20 C 25 C the battery efficiency becomes restricted the 1503 Temperature Operating 18510355570 At
89. C3246 23113 Q3114 Q3118 Q3137 Q3138 Q3221 Q3232 03235 03236 83112 83112 83114 3114 3115 3115 3116 3116 83121 83121 R3122 R3122 R3124 R3126 R3126 R3131 83133 83133 83134 83134 83135 R3135 R3136 83138 83139 83139 83142 3143 83146 R3146 R3148 R3149 R3212 R3212 R3213 R3213 R3216 R3216 R3217 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 283 0067 00 283 0116 00 283 0116 00 283 0114 00 290 0534 00 290 0534 00 151 0341 00 151 0341 00 151 0279 00 151 0341 00 151 0341 00 151 0279 00 151 0279 00 151 0341 00 151 0279 00 321 0280 00 321 0251 00 321 0251 00 321 0222 00 321 0251 00 321 0222 00 321 0306 00 321 0277 00 318 0474 00 321 0420 00 315 0474 00 321 0420 00 315 0203 00 315 0123 00 321 0267 00 315 0103 00 315 0754 00 321 0440 00 315 0754 00 321 0440 00 321 0308 00 321 0279 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 321 0251 00 321 0222 00 315 0102 00 311 1556 00 321 0251 00 321 0222 00 315 0204 00 315 0224 00 321 0325 00 321 0297 09 211 1556 00 311 1557 00 321 0325 00 321 0297 00 311 1557 00 Serial Model No 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8 010100 8070000 010100 070000 8010100 8070000 58010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 010100 070000 010100 8070000 8010100 B070000 8010100 Dscont 8069999 80699
90. E f 3 E 691641 T n DO gt 4 2 EE Op ee e s EL 17 56 Dolce i gt P ai me t 3 5 nr Mu 283 2188 2 O4 M d ec 9 277 H rmm H 1 gt E 3 i 3 i TE E 2 us Mic theta X Rods lap 2 5 5 4 1 5 om H 009 z ug pom 9990 ELE PI H d CR o uo i1 uw i lt f 9 oof 4 zw Qt 2 d te 4 ME Y d E res 5 E PYRA Ed ee E 3 3 i gi JA i at We os 5020 1 24 l E E 6EtSH eR Roe OtLSH i 3 5 1 3 ul s t I E ES Le 17773 5 x i y 12 i t cam Pu Fo v 5 5 4 E DET UM 5 ene y 22301 3 E Ae 8 ao BE poe do g 2 NE CAU NS di Cn E PINE 7 DUI 1 8j 1 1 A E K 1 Y 1 2 i 5 1 f x 1 4 E no GI TI Iron nai s i miae im es Dans reme YI y L anman Ans SES as 8 ee 2 5 we i i 894541 GRAM 5 Loc i
91. IRM ee APIS IK Mattei nitatem inh 23 EDEN ac rt y ans x ge te et MM He os grs deren Meet ee tete Ma m a t PS eet mp manet SLNSNOdWOO TINGOW EndEDO 05 S CKT GRID NO LOC p C7132 C7232 CR7247 Q7242 87122 R7129 87138 17146 17224 R7225 7234 7244 87245 ey CIRCUIT Ol 66 5981 1611 7 W3d90235 Baa WARS t OS 5 FINGOW 104400 08 NIVW 9 33 WOLDINNOD e al gt gt x L MOLE 11 vL wis on YL lt GI 1 Com 55 i78 Lan 2 SISSYHD e f 3 2 i 21 2 6 gt 9 75719 1 11732 1 x 2 2 d E gt lt SNBS 03345 LHYHD Perod OL 2 US 6 2 gt AS TORE 6 1 9 2 i 6 2 dn Ps AE qe pee Ht 5Sn e
92. JUN 1983 Fig amp index NO 9 10 11 12 44 15 16 217 18 Tektronix Part No Seriai Modet Eff Dscont Qty Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 12345 Mfr 016 0595 00 016 0595 01 214 1573 00 210 1160 00 333 1990 00 211 0198 00 213 0267 00 348 0432 00 337 2862 00 211 0008 00 343 0349 01 210 0406 00 211 0194 00 361 0776 00 214 2344 00 136 0352 00 386 2435 00 146 0018 01 214 2343 00 REV JUN 1983 8010100 5090000 8089999 1 h owt BO 6 4 4 BATTERY SET BATTERY SET secaconsue ATTACHING PARTS m THUMBSCREW 6 32 X 0 656 INCH LONG SST WASHER FLAT 0 129 ID X 0 031 THK TEFLON oto hen END ATTACHING PARTS BATTERY PACK ASSY INCLUDES PANEL FRONT ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 438 PNH STL POZ SCREW MACHINE 4 24 X 0 375 INCH PNH STL QUUUUUUU END ATTACHING PARTSy t GASKET FRONT PANEL SHIELD ELEC CRT ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTS CLAMP BAT RTNG W HOLES DELRIN ie ATTACHING PARTS NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 47 5MM PNH ST reer END ATTACHING PARTS SPACER SLEEVE 1 248 L X 0 118 ID NYLON HEAT SINK ELEC BATTERY SUPPLY LOWER AL BOARD ASSY POWER FUSE JACK SEE A9 RE CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 02 INCH DIAMETER PIN PLATE METALLIC W TAPS
93. MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G10001F CB3915 GB3911 CB1015 CB4715 CB7535 CB5635 3329 4 58 103 MFF1816G45301F MFF1816G28001F 81035 1015 082765 081045 081015 085135 81045 CB5135 CB4335 4735 Replaceabie Electrical Parts 1503 Ckt No R6456 R6457 R6459 48513 86513 R6514 H6517 R6518 R6538 R6539 R6544 85545 86548 86549 6533 86554 86557 46558 6558 T6535 06138 96138 06222 96222 96236 96236 96515 96515 VR6134 VR6235 VR6252 VR6253 VR6318 VR6417 VR6419 VR6427 VR6459 7 18 Tektronix Part No 315 0222 00 315 0104 00 315 0204 00 321 0346 00 321 0332 00 311 1268 00 316 0156 00 321 0260 00 315 0433 00 315 0102 00 315 0243 00 315 0473 00 315 0104 00 315 0154 00 315 0223 00 315 0223 00 315 0224 00 315 0103 00 315 0102 00 120 0976 00 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 152 0243 00 152 0278 00 152 0278 00 152 0127 00 152 0265 00 152 0195 00 152 0175 00 152 0195 00 152 0306 00 Seriai Mode No 010100 8020242 8010100 8020246 8010100 8072080 8010100 8072080 8010100 8072080 010100 8072080 Dscont 8020231 8020245 8072079 8072079 8072078 8072079 Name amp Description HES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 200K OHM 5 5 0 25W RES EXD FILM 39 2K OHM 1 5 0 125W RES FXD FILM 28K
94. OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W Mfr Code 56289 59660 30201 72982 59821 56289 56289 72982 59660 56289 72982 01295 01295 01295 01295 01295 17856 17856 27014 27014 04713 27014 27014 27014 07263 07263 07263 27014 80009 27014 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 Mir Part Number 1C1025U223M050B 855 53502 0 151 TDCA75MOT1OEL 8131 0582500474 SDDH69J203Z 273C11 273 11 8111806100G220J 855 547 5022 1C1025U5032050B 8131 M100F 4742 1NA152R 1 41528 1441528 IN4152R 1N4152R J2133 FN1234 2 2907 2 2907 571046 2 2907 2 2907 2N2907A 5038487 5038487 5038487 2 2907 151 0260 00 2N2907A 1045 1055 1861 CB1055 1045 CB1045 CB1055 CB1055 MFF1816C10002C CB3355 MFF1816D50001C MFF1816C10002C 1816050001 MFF1816D50001C 1816050001 MFF1816C10002C MFF1816C10002C CB1045 CB1045 CB1045 CB1055 CB1045 CB1055 CB1045 REV JUN 1983 x Ckt No 85167 85168 85171 85177 85178 85271 R5216 R5221 H5222 R5223 R5225 5229 R5231 85232 85233 85234 85235 85236 5237 85246 85247 85248 85255 5259 5263 45266 R5267 85268 85269 85275 05117 05127 15127 U5147 U5156 15156
95. PINS SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 14 DIP LOW C SKT PL IN ELEC MICROCIRCUIT 8 SWITCH PUSH SEE 52254 EPL SPACER SW 0 133 INCH LONG TERM TEST POINT BRS CD PL INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 10 BLACK 0 067 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC FIBERGLASS RED 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID YELLOW 0 078 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID GREEN 0 079 OD SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID BLUE 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID VIOLET 0 079 OD Mr Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 83385 80009 80009 80009 83385 72228 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 07322 83385 83385 83385 12327 80009 22526 22526 73803 73803 80009 80009 93410 93410 93410 93410 93410 93410 fr Part Number 352 0169 01 352 01 69 00 352 0162 03 352 0162 07 352 0163 04 352 0163 05 352 0165 08 352 0165 09 352 0166 05 352 0166 06 352 0168 09 352 0200 02 386 3113 00 348 0239 00 348 0067 00 337 2085 00 386 314 42 00 343 06 19 00 337 2206 00 407 1589 00 210 1251 00 129 0554 00 129 0554 01 OBD OBD 384 1101 00 384 1099 00 384 1368 00 334 2450 00 672 0498 00 672 0575 00 377 0451 00 8010 559AN OBD OBD OBD 131 0604 00 47357 75060 007 59002 14 59002 8 361 0384 00 214 0579 00 5 2011 2 582021 5 2041 F5B2031 F5B2051 5 1861 9 7 Replaceable Mechanical
96. PO BOX 373 112 W FIRST ST 3029 E WASHINGTON STREET P O BOX 372 P O BOX 609 1501 FIRST ST SAN FERNANDO CA 91341 City State Zip 149 JAPAN PICKENS SC 29671 MILWAUKEE Wi 53204 DALLAS TX 75222 SOMERVILLE NY 08876 SYRACUSE NY 13201 WHIPPANY NJ 07981 MYRTLE BEACH SC 29577 PHOENIX AZ 85036 MOUNTAIN VIEW CA 94042 WATERTOWN MA 02172 DOVER NH 03820 WATERTOWN MA 02172 NEWBURY PARK CA 91320 SANTA ANA CA 92704 SAN GABRIEL CA 91776 HICKSVILLE NY 11802 LAWRENCE MA 01841 SANTA CLARA CA 95054 SUNNYVALE CA 94086 VIENNA VA 22180 MELVILLE L L NY 11746 BRADFORD PA 16701 SANTA CLARA CA 95051 PALO ALTO CA 94304 RIVERSIDE CA 92507 ANAHEIM CA 92803 PALO ALTO CA 94304 STATE COLLEGE PA 16801 NORTH ADAMS MA 01247 TUCSON 2 85705 EL PASO TX 79915 ST LOUIS MO 63107 FORT DODGE 1 50501 ERIE PA 16512 FULLERTON CA 92634 PHILADELPHIA PA 19108 DES PLAINES IL 60016 ST MARYS PA 15857 BEAVERTON OR 97077 LA GRANGE IL 60525 OGALLALA NE 69153 INDIANAPOLIS IN 46206 COLUMBUS NE 68601 REV JUN 1983 Ckt No Al C1143 C1153 C1227 C1227 C1238 C4238 C1238 C1243 C1249 C1257 C1321 C1324 C1331 C1422 C1434 C1447 C1456 C1459 C1503 C1505 C1508 C1525 C1531 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part 670 3866 00 670 3866 0901 70 4388 00 a 670 3895 00 670 3895 01 670 3895 02 670 3895 03 670 3130 00 70 3
97. POSITION knob see Figs 5 30 and 5 31 a KNOB POSITION MPL Item 2 4 b KNOB FINE POSITION MPL Item 2 2 c Procedure 1 Apply G 661 lubricant to the POSITION knob as shown in Fig 5 30 2 Assemble the POSITION knob and the FINE POSITION knob on the control shafts as shown Fig 5 31 G 661 LUBRICANT G 661 LUBRICANT Fig 5 30 Lubrication of POSITION control knob T LZ Sy ESS POSITION KNOB Fig 5 31 Installation of knob on shaft 28 Installation of the ZERO REFERENCE knob and the zero reference CHECK pushbutton see Figs 5 32 and 5 33 a KNOB ZERO REFERENCE MPL item 2 4 same as FINE POSITION knob b PUSHBUTTON MPL item 2 3 Procedure 1 Apply G 661 lubricant tothe ZERO REFERENCE knob as shown in Fig 5 32 2 Assemble the knob and pushbutton on the control shafts as hown in 5 33 Maintenance 1503 2 Actuate the pushbutton several times Remove any excess lubricant G 661 LUBRICANT U 2 G 661 LUBRICANT Fig 5 32 Lubrication of ZERO REFERENCE knob ZERO REFERENCE KNOB 27 SNR Z 22377 as pei LOE t 372 PUSHBUTTON 555555555555 1792 86 Fig 5 33 Installation of knob on ZERO REFERENCE control 29 Install the FOCUS and INTENSITY knobs see Fig 5 34 a 2 MPL 2 1 Procedure 1
98. Parts 1503 Fig amp Index Nic 2 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 ei 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 138 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 183 154 155 156 157 9 8 Tektronix Part No 211 0148 01 210 1002 00 311 1005 00 210 0583 00 210 0046 00 386 1792 00 211 0001 00 210 0001 00 129 0586 00 376 0029 01 213 0075 00 354 0561 00 105 0683 00 384 0313 00 210 0406 00 401 0113 01 131 0963 00 214 1139 02 214 1127 00 210 0406 00 401 0081 02 354 0391 00 105 0687 00 sadut 211 0148 01 210 1002 00 214 1139 00 214 1127 00 210 0406 00 401 0081 02 354 0391 00 105 0648 00 210 0406 00 401 0115 00 131 0963 00 214 1139 00 214 1127 00 210 0406 00 401 0115 00 354 0381 00 105 0659 00 337 2135 00 337 2157 00 Seriai Modet No B020311 Dscont Qty da M3 e o amp H a dm RD RQ e 0 m 12345 Name amp Descnption APR ee a ASSY SEE 51624 REPL 51625 REPL ASSY PB SEE 1343 REPL ASSY 51215 REPL ATTACHING 5 SCREW 4 40 X 0
99. Power Supply test points and adjustment GB TOIT e Se Bodo eh Aces 4 5 Sampling Efficiency Pulse 4 7 First Blow by Compensation Adjustments 4 8 Second Blow by Compensation ee es 4 8 Fast Ramp test 4 9 External Calibration connection 4 10 Fast Ramp test point 4 11 External Calibration connection 4 42 X Y Output Modulestrap 4 13 DC protection link location 5 2 Transistor and IC lead configuration 5 3 Hear view of the HV board 5 4 Power Transformer wiring 5 5 Subpanel Identification of Parts 5 7 Rubber Seals Edge Sealing for Subpanel 5 8 Detail of Implosion Shield Sealing 5 8 Front Panel identification of Parts for Assembly Steps 8 through 26 5 9 Fig No 5 9 5 10 5 11 5 12 5 13 5 14 5 15 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 5 20 5 21 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 5 35 5 36 5 37 5 38 5 39 Detail of Plug in Compartment Seal 5 10 Detail of BNC Connector and Washer 5 10 Detail of Pushbuttons and Their Shafts 5 10 Detail of Subpane Screwhole Sealing 5 11 Detail of Fusenolder Installation 9 11 Detail of Fuseholder Caps 5 12 Application of Sealant to Battery Meter 5 12 Alignment of Battery Meter 5 12 Application of Sealant to FOCUS and INTENSITY Controis
100. Procedure 1 Insert the holder into the Subpanel 2 This item does not require the application of a sealing compound Maintenance 1503 3 instali the seal for the Power Switch in the Subpanel a SEAL SWITCH MPL Item 2 55 b Procedure 1 Clean mating surface of seal with acetone 2 Coat mating surface of seal with No 3144 sealant 3 Install seal in Subpanel 4 Install washers for the Fuseholders in the Subpanel a WASHER FLAT 2 ea MPL Item 2 51 b Procedure 1 Clean the washers with acetone 2 Coat the mating surfaces of the washers with No 3144 sealant 3 insert the washers in the Subpanel 5 Install the Pushbutton seals in the Subpanel a SEAL PUSHBUTTON MPL Item 2 53 MPL Item 2 54 and MPL 2 52 b Procedure 1 Clean mating surfaces of seals with acetone 2 Coat mating surfaces with No 3144 Sealant 3 install seals in 6 Installation of rubber seals in two grooves located on the outer see Figs 5 5 and 5 6 edges of the front and rear sides of the Subpanel a SEAL RUBBER 2 MPL item 2 58 5 7 Maintenance 1503 5 Procedure 1 Clean the rubber seals with acetone 2 Apply a film of No 3140 sealant to the inner surface of each groove See Fig 5 6 Do not apply the sealant to the other surfaces of the grooves No 3140is more fluid than No 3144 and can be applied with a hypodermic type applicator 3 Place a seal in each g
101. Seriat Model No Eff 010100 8020246 070000 8010100 8020246 8070000 8010100 8020232 8070000 8010100 020232 8070000 8010100 070000 Dscont 8020245 069999 8020245 8069999 8020231 8069899 8020231 8069999 8069999 8 Description BOARD ASSY HIGH VOLTAGE POWER DEO 01UF 100 0 500 CAP FXD PLSTC 0 027UF 0 175 200V DEO O1UF 100 0 500 CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UF 100 0 500 CAP FXD CER DU 0 001UF 100 0 500V CAP FXO 0 027 0 1 200 CAP FXD PLSTC 0 027UF 0 1 200V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 033UF 20 600V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 5000 10 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 5000 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 5000V 10MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 5000 10 TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN SEL TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN SEL RES FXD CMPSN 10M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1 2M 5 0 25 5 6 2 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 47 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 2 2M 5 0 25 RES 5 15 OHM 5 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470K 8 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN IM 5 0 25
102. The instrument be serviced by a technician skilled in sampling and pulse techniques This section of the manual provides information used for preventive maintenance corrective maintenance and troubleshooting the 1503 The physical iocation of all circuit components on the circuit boards are shown on the circuit diagram pullout Preventive Maintenance Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning visual inspect on lubrication etc Preventive maintenance per formed on a regular basis will help improve the reliability of the instrument The severity of the environment to which the 1503 is subjected determines the frequency of needed maintenance A convenient time to perform preventive maintenance is preceding recalibration of the instrument Cleaning Accumulation of dirt in the instrument can cause overheating and component breakdown Dirt on com ponents acts as an insulating blanket and prevents efficient heat dissipation it also provides an electrical conduction path NOTE To remove the instrument cabinet see Preliminary Procedure at the beginning of the Calibration procedure When the cabinet is removed the water tight feature be compromised when the case is reinstalled See the instructions at the end of the Calibration procedure on replacing the case on the 1503 Interior The 1503 is constructed so that the interior of the instrument is protected from dust Therefore the interior of the 1503 shou
103. Vertical amplifiers The Slow Ramp Generator provides the horizontal sweep for the crt and combined with the vertical sample provides a display of the sampied value Sampling triggers taken later during the next fast ramp time cause an additional sample to be displayed next to the first one until a line of dots is formed across the crt Fig 3 2 SLOW RAMP cub e CRT SWEEP CIRCUITS g SAMPLER COMPARATOR The amplified vertical sample and slow ramp signals are also sent to X Y interface connectors These signais along with a pen lift control signal providetheinformation for driving external X Y recorders if the TEKTRONIX Y T Chart Recorder is used the amplified vertical signals from the Sampler are applied to the writing stylus drive circuits The speed of the chart paper is controlled by the holes along the edge of the chart paper passing between a phototransistor and a light emitting diode These provide digital information to the Control Logic to control the speed of the slow ramp and match the speed of the chart paper Thus the trace and grid on the chart recording matches the trace and graticule displayed on the crt TO PULSE COMPARATOR FAST RAMP SAMPLER 30 usec X 10 2300 usec X100 FAST RAMP ab i 1 4 ab SLOW RAMP i it I i b Time at which test pu
104. WIDTH button Set 0 dB SET control for a two division display REV JUL 1983 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adiustment Procedure d Press the 100 ns IMPLS WIDTH button and AD JUST R1693 SAMPLING EFFICIENCY so the peak of the pulsing display does not rise above two graticule divisions see Fig 4 2 e Set the RET LOSS switch to 60 dB ADJUST R1796 tst BLOW BY COMP for astraight base line no positive or negative pulse at approximately 2000 feet before the test pulse see Fig 4 3a With the ZERO REF SET control move the puise off screen to the right Set RET LOSS to 78 dB Set the fine RET LOSS control to 18 dB h ADJUST R1406 2nd BLOW BY for minimum noise on the base line see Fig 4 4a 0 06 i ae COO Fig 4 2 Sampling Efficiency Pulse Set RET LOSS to 30 dB IMPLS WIDTH to 1000 ns and center the leading edge of the pulse on the vertical center line CHECK The trailing edge of the pulse should not be greater than two divisions see Fig 4 4b 8 Check Display Noise a Set IMPLS WIDTH to 10 ns Turn the ZERO REF SET control fully counterclockwise Set the RET LOSS to 7848 and adjust the POSITION controls so the base line is located on the crt center line 4 7 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adiustment Procedure b First Blow By COMP correct 1865 21 Fig 4 3 First Blow by Compensation Adjustments c CHECK That the peak to
105. X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL END ATTACHING PARTS CHAS UNIT MAIN emen ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL END ATTACHING PARTS SILICA PULVERIZ 2 375 INCH DIA ATTACHING SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 625 INCH PNH STL WASHER LOCK SPLIT 0 145 ID X 0 253 0 5 BRACKET RTNR ALUMINUM ATTACHING nee POST RETAINER 0 892 INCH LONG X 0 375 HEX termini ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH STL SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTS 3 BLADE 6A 250V W 0 203 ID ttis e ATTACHING PARTS tee NUT PL ASSEM 4 40 X 0 25 5 SCREW 4 40 X 0 375 PNH STL CD PL WASHER FLAT 0 125 ID X 0 25 OD STL SPACER SLEEVE 0 135 INCH X 0 132 ID BRS ATTACHING PARTS NUT BL OCK 0 38 X 0 26 X 0 282 24 40 vereren ATTACHING PARTS e SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL ATTACHING 8 terava TERMINAL LUG 0 146 LOCKING BRZ TINNED ATTACHING PARTS meee NUT PL ASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL CD PL NUT PLAIN HEX 6 32 X 0 25 INCH BRS SCREW MACHINE 6 32 X 0 312 INCH PNH STL ATTACHING PARTS 8 MARKER JDENT MKD CAUTION BATTERY PACK PANEL REAR eesiseenemimEATTACHING PARTS SCR TPG THD 6 32 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL ATTACHING
106. X 0 471 INCH LONG eee ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL ATTACHING eee MARKER IDENT MKD DANGER 165 GUIDE PL INLLOVER LEFT peces rit tp ATTACHING PARTS p SCR TPG THD FOR 6 32 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL ATTACHING 15 FEMALE FLOATING errr errr ATTACHING PARTS SCREW 2 56 X 0 50 INCH PNH SPACER SLEEVE 0 094 ID X 0 2 INCH LONG ENE ATTACHING PARTS PLUG TIP MALE treni rf ATTACHING teea NUT PL ASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL PL TERMINAL LUG 0 146 ID LOCKING BRZ TINNED WSHR SHOULDERED 0 14 ID X 0 2477 OD PLSTC WASHER NONMETAL 0 625 DIA 0 002 MICA eee ATTACHING PARTS CLAMP LOOP LARGE CLAMP LOOP 0 2 iD PLASTIC GROMMET PLASTIC 0 625 INCH DIA GROMMET PLASTIC 0 75 INCH DIA BOARD ASSY POWERISEE EPL venen ATTACRING SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTS mtm BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES SKT PL IN ELEC MICROCIRCUIT B DIP SOCKET PIN TERM 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS CONTACT ELEC FOR 0 02 INCH DIAMETER PIN TERMINAL PIN 0 46 L X 0 025 SQ TERMINAL PIN 0 365 L X 0 025 PH BRZ GOLD CONTACT ELEC 0 71 INCH LONG TERM TEST POINT BRS CD PL MARKER IDENT MKD DANGER 2KV BOARD ASSY HIGH VOLTAGE SEE A4 bon d e ATTACHING PARTS SCR ASSEM WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 INCH PNH BRS
107. cam SW fron under these screws Re OSO lt Remove Both screws and washers Pape 2 Of 2 MANUALS CHANGE Date 12 6 83 Product 1503 TDR Product Group 22 Manual Part Number 070 1865 01 Change Reference Text changes IMC request 20843 13 Page 4 9 11 Timing en 2 Ce eK Paragraph CHECK For 8 time marks in 7 9 divisions Change Paragraph ADJUST Co Paragraph ADJUST ADD NOTE If the nstrument is to be used with the optional Chart Recorder continue with the remainder of this step If the instrument is not to be used with a chart recorder proceed with Step 12 amp CHECK That the chart paper in the recorder has a bold line next to the hole in the Paper that shows a red line through the hole If the red line is not aligned with a bold line on the chart paper pull enough chart paper through the recorder to line them up h PRESS The RECORD switch to obtain a recording of the time marks The recording should show the same timing as seen on the CRT between the second and tenth graticule Lines 1 ADJUST R3213 H POS located the OUTPUT AMP board and R3217 HORIZ GAIN located on OUTPUT AMP board to match the timing and position of the time marks on the CRT to the chart
108. carton with shipping tape or industrial stapler SHIPPING CARTON TEST STRENGTH Gross Weight 16 Carton Test Strength Ib 0 10 200 10 30 275 30 120 375 120 140 500 140 160 600 Section 6 1503 OPTIONS Option 1 provdes discrete cable dielectric relative propagation velocity selections from 0 2to 1 0 in 01 increments Option 4 provides a chart recorder for self contained hard copy capability Option 5 provides metric calibration and metric front panel notation Option 76 provides a crt with P7 phosphor which is excellent for long persistence display requirements POWER CORD OPTIONS Option At 220 V 16 A Universal Europe 161 0132 00 Option A2 240 V 13 A United Kingdom 161 0133 00 Option A3 240 V 10 A Australian 161 0135 00 Option A4 240 V 15 A North American 161 0134 00 Option A5 250 V 6 A Swiss 161 0154 00 5 gt PDA 2 EE Scones NNNM PUMP d Fig Option 1 1 controis REV DEC 1981 6 1 Options 1503 OPTION 1 1503 OPTION 1 differs from the 1503 standard model as follows 1 Thetwofront panel CABLE DIELECTRIC pushbut tons have been replaced by two rotary DISTANCE CAL Switches the VAR adiustment has been deleted To make these changes a PC Board PC 9 has been added See Fig Option 1 2 Fig Option 1 2 2 INT
109. cell becomes completely discharged and the current from the other celis flow in a reverse direction through the discharged cell Such a case can develop due to cell aging partial charging Or if a cell is replaced The battery charger uses SCR protection cir cuits to prevent accidental reverse charging The SCR orotection circuits automatically shut off the instrument whenever battery voltage falls below about 10 V Do not reave the POWER switch on when the instrument has shut itself down because it will continue to discharge the battery at a slower rate A 12 V dc power supply may be substituted forthe 1503 battery pack by removing the pack from the unit and connecting the power supply to the terminals inside the battery pack compartment When substituting a power supply or external battery for the battery pack be sure the polarity is correct See Fig 2 2 The power pack can be stored at any temperature between 40 and 55 C with the battery celis either fully or partially charged The self discharge rate of the cells increases with increased temperature A fully charg ed battery will lose about 50 of its chargein 310 4months if stored at 20 C to 25 C Therefore the battery pack should be completely recharged before usingifit has been stored without power supplied to its charging circuit for more than a month 22 Fig 2 2 Battery connector polarity 230 V Operation The battery charger i
110. contact with the subpanel see Fig 5 7 5 Afer a curing time of approximately 4 hours use small wooden dowel such as a Q tip handie and remove the excess sealant that is visible between the shield and retainer Maintenance 1503 8 Preparation of Front Panel for assembly see Fig 2 Apply No 3144 sealant to mating surface of seal 5 8 a FRONT PANEL MPL Item 2 49 and Option 5 MPL item 2 49 3 Position seal on rear side of Front Panel 4 Allow 2 hour curing time Inspect seal bond and b Procedure remove any excess sealant Allow an additional 22 hour curing time 1 Clean mating surface of front panel with acetone NOTE 2 Coat mating surface of panel with No 1204 primer Allow 2 hour curing time Be sure seal is bonded securely to edge of panel as well as rear surface of panel 9 Bonding of Plug in Compartment seal to Front Panel see Fig 5 9 a SEAL PLUG IN 10 Bonding of washer to BNC type connector that MPL Item 2 50 is located on the Main Circuit Board Assembly see Fig 5 10 b Procedure a CONNECTOR RECEPTACLE 1 Clean mating surfaces of seal with acetone MPL 2 170 BATTERY METER PLUG IN SEAL POWER SWITCH SHAFT VARIABLE RESISTOR wo 59 20 FRONT PANEL INSTL _ CABLE FOCUS INTENBITY CAUTION 86 NOT APPLY EXT VOLTAGE pA DIELECTRIC van 14 AC us 1502 Nom CAE E 77 T BNC CONNECTOR CAM SWITCH SHAFT INSERT VAR
111. ditm PERCHE m Y 3 4 X 5 4 3 H 5 f v sow V H E 7 5 ry 7 re 4 3 7 5 i 3 i X f d 3 m 4 Re Sree 2 i i X 4 B 1 ERR mm 2 2 5 145 2 Rep pour Lage ER PA ONT QA ROE OMAN 7 E i 2 1 4 205 2 E LLEPHD 2 5 2 i 5 i 3 te i 2 5 3 H 3 i i 5 4 5 E t 5 fo 3 i m 1 1 x 2 gt i H R H 3 tor gt Letra n 7 H t 3 H borne rmm tins gt H 3 i 4 AMBRE Pee RN E i 14 H 2 3 m E i i 2 H z i i H H 2 152731 1 4 3 H E H gt gt Fia eli rovers n 5 gt E b E Sets 2 1 i veinte i i i 3 ae T d x E E i 403 K 3 Renny ents 4 4 44 1 2222 22 21 51 23 5 5 cH 5 1 z
112. examined with the multiplier control at X10 X1 from which 50 to 5000 feet 10 metres to 1000 metres can be displayed across the 10 division horizontal X axis crt scale with an additional O to 2500 feet 0 to 500 metres of distance covered by the DISTANCE dial Up to 50 000 feet 10 000 metres of cable can be examined when the multiplier control is at X100 X10 of which 500 to 50 000 feet 100 to 10 000 metres can be examined across the crt face With the FEET DIV METRES DIV control set at 50 100 and X100 X10 up to 50 000 feet 10 000 metres of cable can be displayed on the crt screen but in this position the DISTANCE dial is disabled The horizontal crt scale is calibrated in distance units from 5 feet 1 metre per division to 5000 feet 1000 metres per division in a 1 2 5 5 sequence Distance calibration accuracy on the crt scale is within t2 of indication There are three externally selectable dieiectric con stants Two of these are calibrated for foamed polyethylene FOAM POLY and solid polyethylene SOLID POLY The third is obtained by default con ditions both pushbuttons depressed or both pushbuttons released When both pushbuttons FOAM POLY and SOLID POLY are depressed or released the effective dielectric constant is variable being controlled by a screwdriver adjustment labeled VAR The fully clockwise position of the VAR controi setsthe dielectric constant for air Vertical Y axis deflec
113. following settings of the RET LOSS switch on the 1503 and the STEP ATTENUATOR switch on the 2701 attenuator RET LOSS 2701 ATTEN DISPLAY 0 dB 0 dB 6 div 0 2 div 10 dB 10 dB 0 2 div 20 dB 20 dB 6 div 0 2 div 30 dB 30 dB 6 div 0 2 div 40 dB 40 dB 6 div 0 2 div 50 dB 50 dB div 0 2 div _ 60 60 dB 6 div 0 2 div f Remove the test leads from the VERT AMP board and replace 21 g To the CABLE input connect a 42 inch coaxial cable a female to female adapter a second 42 inch coaxial cable to 75 termination h Press in the 50 Q and 75 Q impedance buttons set RET LOSS to 0 dB and IMPLS WIDTH to 10 and set 0 dB SET for a one division display Set the fine RET LOSS control to 18 dB and check for an eight division display If the display is not eight divi sions 1 division select the value of R1603 between 1 5K and 1 8M j Set the fine RET LOSS contro to 0 dB and remove the termination and cables 6 Vertical Gain Check a Set RET LOSS to 0 dB b Set O dB SET contro counterciockwise and note amplitude of test pulse Set 0 dB SET control clockwise d CHECK Test pulse amplitude should be at least four times greater than that at the counterclockwise position 7 Sampling Efficiency and Blow by a Connect the 50 Q terminator tothe CABLE connec tor and press the 50 0 impedance button b Set RET LOSS to 048 FEET DIV to five feet multiplier to X100 and press the 1000 ns IMPLS
114. n d CUM ebd H i e 1574 E 2 E 5 1 29 s ve eo 1 2 E 9 8 H M PET 4 21 4 ATR e een ee Nee pe ose QM Aem 46 Ht em 2 ote 5 3 5 2 y x N t 20 n 501404 2 H 2 i Ni 4 ars t et ee soo ene sme poma see q 1 EO P i 3 o tt ee teen ets MINI i e etm IN IHR A tie ie wh unus t tutae ir ot en E AAA tS e ett eue tet endete ADNan Mex unen qunm enar EAR na Pm me Ane mesa ama enm de I Ing unge Man f 51 H 1 E T 6 66 7011 96 UTE BI 61172 Eu 11211517 gt comdes amens 437 i iA X 4 Y i 1 vi a 4 MM I0 ecc 1 47 LX x
115. of attaching parts Aitaching parts must be purchased separately unless otherwise specified ITEM NAME in the Parts List an Name is separated from the description by a colon 2 Because of space limitations an Name may sometimes appear as incomplete For further Item Name identification the U S Federal Cataloging Handbook H6 1 be utilized where possible ABBREVIATIONS INCH ELCTRN ELECTRON 8 NUMBER SIZE ELEC ELECTRICAL ACTUATOR ELECTROLYTIC ADAPTER ELEMENT ALIGN ALIGNMENT EPL ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AL ALUMINUM EQUIPMENT ASSEM ASSEMBLED EXT EXTERNAL ASSY ASSEMBLY FIL FELLISTER HEAD ATTEN ATTENUATOR FLEX FLEXIBLE AWG AMERICAN WIRE GAGE FEH FLAT HEAD FILTER RRKT BRACKET BRS BRASS FSTNR FASTENER BRZ BRONZE FOOT BUSHING FIXED CAB CABINET GSKT GASKET CAP CAPACITOR HOC HANDLE CER CERAMIC HEX HEXAGON CHAS CHASSIS HEXAGONAL HEAD CKT CIRCUIT HEX SOC HEXAGONAL SOCKET COMP COMPOSITION HLCPS HELICAL COMPRESSION CONN CONNECTOR HLEXT HELICAL EXTENSION COV COVER HIGH VOLTAGE CPLG COUPLING INTEGRATED CIRCUIT CRT CATHODE RAY TUBE iD INSIDE DIAMETER DEG DEGREE IDENT IDENTIFICATION DWR DRAWER IMPLR IMPELLER REV A MAR 1980 IN INCH SE SINGLE END INCAND INCANDESCENT SECT SECTION INSUL INSULATOR SEMICOND SEMICONDUCTOR INTL INTERNAL SHLD SHIELD LPHLOR LAMPHOLDER SHLDR SHOULDE
116. of 6 V 0 2 V with the ramp beginning at an approximate 2 V level and ramp ending at an ap proximate 4 V level see Fig 4 5 d Remove the test probe 81216 R1414 ages 23A C1238 Fig 4 5 Fast Ramp test point 11 Timing a Set RET LOSS to 20 dB and the multiplier to X10 b Connect the TG 501 Time Mark Generator through a 50 Q terminator to the CABLE connector on the 1503 Set the TG 501 to 1 us marks c Connect TRIGGER OUT from TG 501 to TRIG DURATION IN on PG 501 Pulse Generator Set PG 501 PERIOD to EXT TRIG DURATION to 0 7 ms and OUTPUT control to 5 V into 50 0 10 V into 7 REV JUL 1983 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure d Connect the OUTPUT from the PG 501tothe EXT CAL terminals on the Main Board see Fig 4 6 e Setthe 1503 ZERO REF SET so that the test pulseis off screen left and the time marks are set one per graticule iine f CHECK For 8 time marks in 7 9 divisions g ADJUST R1216 FT DIV CAL for eight time marks in 7 9 divisions see Fig 4 5 12 DISTANCE Dial a Set the FEET DIV switch to 5 feet b Turn the ZERO REF SET control clockwise stop ping when the last time mark puise is seen before fully clockwise is reached and set its leading edge on the second line from the teft c Set the DISTANCE dial to 050 d CHECK That the leading edge of the second pulse seen as the DISTANCE dial isturned lines uponthe s
117. or released VAR control is set to air when fully clockwise VAR controi has reference marks every 30 to in dicate relative propagation con stants 18 RECORD Two position toggle switch Used to start an X Y Recorder or TEKTRONIX Y T Chart recorder Push up and hold momentarily to pre heat stylus then release to start Chart recorder 19 AC LINE FUSES Protection fuses for the battery charger circuits Plug in Modules 1 X Y OUTPUT The standard plug in module for MODULE the 1503 Used to interface to an external X Y chart recorder X Y and Three dual sets of front panel PEN LiFT jacks are used to supply horizon tal vertical and pen informa tion to an external X Y Recorder 2 Y T CHART An optional Tektronix Chart Re RECOHDER corder which replaces the OUTPUT MODULE STYLUS Screwdriver adjustment to adjust POSITION stylus to the same level as the display when the RECORD switch is in RECORD position OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT i Use the step by step procedure for an operational check of the 1503 First set the controls as follows FOCUS Midrange INTENSITY Fully clockwise ZERO REF Fully clockwise RET LOSS dB dB DISTANCE 000 NOISE FILTER Out FEET DIV 9 METHES DIV 10 2 4 X10 X100 X10 X1 X10 X1 CABLE DIELECTRIC SOLID POLY IMPLS WIDTH 100 50 75 Q 50 Q 2 Adjust the INTENSITY amp FOCUS control for a clear bright trace 3 Adjust the POSITION controi to
118. our engineering department It is therefore important when ordering parts to inciude the following information in your order Part number instrument type or number serial number and modification number if applicable If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part your local Tektronix inc Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part number Change information if any is located at the rear of this manual SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS 000 Part first added this serial number removed after this serial number FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS Items in this section are referenced by figure and index numbers to the illustrations INDENTATION SYSTEM This mechanical parts Hst is indented to indicate item relationships Following is an example of the indentation system used in the description column 123485 Name amp Description Assembly and or Component Attaching parts for Assembly and or Component a a Part of Assembly and or Component Attaching parts for Detail Part v Paris of Detati Part Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part a Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as the item it mounts while the detail parts are indented to the right indented items are part and included with the next higher indentation The separation symbol indicates the end
119. peak noise is not greater than three division 78 dB rms ignore occasional spikes d Push the NOISE FILTER button in and check that the peak to peak noise is less than 1 5 divisions 84 dB rms HORIZONTAL STANDARD VERSION See Step 17 for metric version Control Settings RET LOSS 0 dB NOISE FILTER Out 0 4 SET Clockwise DISTANCE Dial 000 FEET DIV 50 Multiplier X100 CABLE DIELECTRIC Both out Clockwise h fts OUT 4 8 NOT GR THAN 2 nu b Second Blow By correct trailing edge 1865 22 Fig 4 4 Second Blow by Compensation Adjustments 9 Horizontal Gain and OFFSET a Use the POSITION controls to center the trace on the graticule b Set R3217 2 on the OUTPUT AMPS board to the counterciockwise stop ADJUST R3221 H POS located onthe OUTPUT AMPS board to center the trace on the graticule ADJUST R3217 HORIZ so that the retrace at the start of the sweep is just off the graticule area andthe trace covers all ten divisions of the graticule AD ball wf o tht AA dq REV JUL 1983 10 FAST RAMP Connect the test oscilloscope test probetothe front lead of C1238 see Fig 4 5 b CHECK For a peak to peak amplitude of 6 V 0 2 V Ramo should begin at an approximate 2 V level and should end at an approximate 4 ADJUST R1676 RAMP PEAK for a peak to peak amplitude
120. power switch and an anti bounce record circuit Pulse Shaper The Pulse Shaper is made up of US166A U5166B U5166C and U5166D When the paper is moving a square wave signal CHART SPEED SENS is generated by the holes in the paper passing between alight emitting diode and a photo sensitive transistor The resultant small pulses are shaped to a clean square wave by a high gain amplifier circuit 051668 and U51660 The output signal is capacitor coupled by C5167 to one shot multivibrator U5166A and U5166D This one shot produces an output signal at TP5145 violet test point which is a positive going pulse approximately 10 ms wide This Clock puise 3 11 Theory of Operation 1503 is connected to binary counter 95147 and to the end of the paper motion sensor network R5148 Counter The 7 stage binary counter is an integrated circuit 05147 The binary outputs are connected to 2R resistor ladder network which together with 05117 forms a digital to anatog converter Outputs Q1 and Q7 are connected to AND gate U5252B so that it recognizes the count number 65 Q2 clocks multivibrator U5127B at count 2 signal from U5127B starts the slow ramp Horizontal Correction Network The Horizontal Correction network compares the output of tne digitai to analog converter with the inverted slow ramp signal 05227 inverts the slow ramp signal The digital to analog output and inverted slow ramp signal are connected to invertin
121. switches are driven by the same signal that is used to control stylus heat switch Q5239 This signal is passed through Q5173 and Q5279 to the switches Anti Bounce Record This circuit consisting of U5156A and Q5156D removes switching transients from the RECORD switch The output of this circuit goes to the Vertical board to controi the X Y Record Logic The Record Logic in turn provides the logic control signal that is received through pin 2 of P53 on the Logic board if the Logic board is removed from the unit the harmonica connector from the RECORD switch should be connected to P28 on the Vertical board X Y Output Module The X Y Output Module provides an electrical interface between the 1503 and an external X Y Chart Recorder Three signals PEN LIFT X Output and Y Output are provided for use by the external Chart Recorder The switching mechanisms for the outputs are solid state devices therefore care should be taken when connecting loads to them See the specifications listed in the Characteristics section of this manual Theory of Operation 1503 Pen Lift The Pen Lift signal level changes when the RECORD switch is activated The normal level is either 0 0V 205 5 V 0 or 1 V depending on how the terminal link of the X Y Output Module board is connected positive or negative slope see Fig 3 9 When the RECORD switch is activated the level will change from 5 Vorfrom 5 VtoO V The driving
122. t forget to lubricate surface of rubber seals around edge of subpanel with G 661 lubricant before installing instrument in cabinet and attaching front cover NO 3144 SEALANT Fig 5 39 Sealing of latch assembly screwholes Distance Indicator Knob Replacement if itis necessary to attach a knob sheil lens assembly to the DISTANCE indicator form a bead of No 3144 5 20 adhesive sealant Tektronix Part No 006 1171 00 at the interface of the DISTANCE indicator and the knob shell REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix Service Center for service or repair attach atag showing owner with address and the name of an individual at your firm that can be contacted complete instrument serial number and a description of the service required Save and re use package in which yourinstrument was shipped If the original packaging is unfit for use or not available repackage the instrument as follows 1 Obtain a carton of corrugated cardboard having inside dimensions of no less than six inches more than the instrument dimensions this will allow for cushioning Refer to the following table for carton test strength requirements 2 Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to protect the finish of the instrument 3 Cushion the instrument on sides by tightly packing dunnage or urethane foam between carton and instru ment allowing three inches on all sides 4 Seal
123. telephone type twisted pair lines with the 1503 Errors in impedance matching are the most misleading to the user and must be understood for proper evaluation of the crt display The notes with each diagram are very condensed Refer to TEKTRONIX application note on testing telephone long lines for more detail wa RNING Voltages up to 400 V may be expected on long twisted pair lines These voltages may be present on the front panel of the 1503 The optional isolation transformer 013 0169 00 is recommended to avoid electrical shock to the user An open tio and ring is shown as a positive return pulse If only ane tip or ring is open the return pulse will be of less amplitude than if both are open Twisted pair lines generally use wire in gauge range from 19 to 26 Line attenuation increases rapidly with the gauge number so the range is reduced and the display on the 1503 is more smeared when testing fine gauge wire Operating Instructions 1503 vx ETT LOSS 38 TEST _ RETURN o 29 E PULSE PULSE 9 Hi 1 E 5 i 3 J bs 2 1503 TOR CABLE TESTER Fig 2 7 Open Tip and Ring The function of a loading coil is to increase line inductance to improve transmission characteristics The tip and ring conductors connect to separate windings on a donut shaped core The two coils are wound in a direction to produce an aiding magnetic
124. temperatures other than i ERES ATA ETT A A a A A OA A AS UA aA BA AR A E A AA AAA Non Operating 62 C to 85 C With batteries removed If stored with batteries storage range is 40 to 55 Humidity To 100 Altitude a 10 000 feet i epee acca TU Non Operating 50 000 feet Operating Vibration 3 0 g 5 to 55 Hz Test time 45 min Shock Mechanical Shock Pulse 15 g 1 2 sine shock waveform of 1 11 15 duration T Total of 18 shocks Bench Handling Operating 4 drops each face at 4 inches or Case on 45 with opposite edge as pivot Non Operating 4 drops each face at 4 inches or Case off 45 with opposite edge as pivot Satisfactory operation after drops Transit Drop i drop Water Resistance Operating Splash proof and drip proof with cover off and instrument operating Non Operating Watertight with three feet of Cover on water above top of the case for 1 n3 Structural Parts Withstand 48 hours exposed to 20 solution without corroding 1 5 Specification 1503 Table 1 2 cont arr TET rd MAPA Characteristics Performance Requirements eA i iA RA BRA AUT TY Y
125. the fast ramp The time that C 1238 C 1277 take to charge determines the length of the fast ramp see Fig 3 3 This time is changed by the multiplier switch S1215R and the CABLE DIELECTRIC pushbuttons 1156 and 1252 Pulser Enable R S flip flop comprised of U1667A and 71667 8 is used to enable the power tothe pulse generator through Q1657 Diagram 2 It is also used to reset the Pulser strobe generator Q1556 and 01551 Pulser power is enabled 20 ms before the fast ramp starts to ensurethat the pulser circuits are stable The Pulser strobe from CR1654 resets R S flip flop U1667A and U16678 This is necessary to save battery power Pulser Sampler Diagram 1 The circuits contained on the Pulser Sampler portion of the main board consist of a Pulser and a Sampler comparator and the Pulser Generator and Sampling Circuits Both comparators are identical except the Pulser Comparator is referenced to dc level and the Comparator is referenced to the slow ramp signal They are both essentially current comparators In the Pulser Comparator the voltage at the emitter of Q1559 is compared to the voltage at the cathode of CR1755 The current that flows through Q1559 is the difference between those two voltages divided by the value of R1655 and 81755 CR1558 is a 1 milliamp tunnel diode and together with Q1558 forms a fast switch Whenthe current through Q1559 reaches 1 milliamp CR1558 will fire The switch will change stat
126. 0 A buco 381110 S1EVd JO SSONVU 555 d PN USEWON IVIYES ONY SANIYA 2 Apta vy 4 598107 HOS 1517 6 225 gt cot 4 0 2779 D gt sec 5 AS 57 Eaa 7 1514 11510 al URS 869910 bu AS 9 9 257 4 994 M 01 lt MA AS 3 VN es 427 2 i M 2 96 82 5 294 99 12 ee 17 2 9 994 gt 9619 1949910 AS 3717 eig 2 Livi 69 gt T L 99d d ONVONIWIL 9213 Sid A IDO GI 015 19112 ved 13 M e c lt Aste s ALIJN AA Z 37992 16712 5 46113 pgs 626 1113 2179 5 01 A em 114 8814 371 oi e is LL 9 2 6 g 1757215 3704 4 2511 HOLY oY AS gt lu LEChy ave Ta iV ps 4573 aoa 218195313144 1997 901 3799 si 477 2 152 991 1013 5 eex en 16610 1
127. 0 159 0128 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 No 8020232 8020246 8010100 Dscont 8020245 Name amp Description BOARD ASSY POWER CAP CAP CAP OL 1UF 80 20 25V ELCTLT 47UF 20 6 80 20 25V DETUF 80 20 25V FXD ELCTLT 47UF 20 6V FXD ELCTLT SUF 20 20V FXD ELCTLT 22UF 20 35 FXD ELCTLT 10QUF 73 15 30V FXD ELCTLT 100UF 20 20V FXD ELCTLT 100UF 20 20V ELCTLT 100 20 20V FXD ELCTLT 100UF 2075 20V FXD ELCTLT 100UF 75 15 30V DLE0 0027UF 5 5 200V FXD ELCTLT 470UF 40 16VOC FXD ELCTLT 22UF 20 6 15V FXD ELCTLT 470UF 40 16VDC ELCTLY 100UF 20 20V FXO ELCTLT 470UF 40 16 DES1PF 599 200V FXD CER DEO UF 20 50V Dl 270PF 5 500V DEA7PF 5975 200V FXD CER Di0 001UF 100 0 500 FXO ELCTLT 100UF 20 20V FXO ELCTLT 1UF 50 10 150V FXD ELCTLT 4UF 50 10 200V FXD CER 5 500 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 2000 1500 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V
128. 0 mutiiplier Affects both DISTANCE and DIV METRES DIV control 14 FEET DIV Selects horizontal deflection fac METRES DIV tor X10 X1 5 to 500 feet div 1 to 100 metres div X100 X10 50 to 5000 feet div 10 to 1000 metres div 15 TEST PULSE Selects duration of test impulse SHORT 10 ns MED 100 ns or LONG 1000 ns 16 DISTANCE CAL Two rotary switches providing direct calibration in terms ot propagation velocity expressed as a fraction of C speed of light The right switch provides settings from 00 to 01 in increments of 01 C The left switch provides settings from 2to 9 in increments of 7 C The cable Vp factor is found by adding the two switch settings 17 RECORD Two position toggle switch Used to start an X Y Recorder or TEKTRONIX Y T Chart recorder Push up and momentarily to pre heat stylusthen releaseto start Chart recorder 18 AC LINE FUSES Protection fuses for the battery charger circuits CALIBRATION Calibrate OPTION 1 according to the Calibration Procedure in the 1503 Instruction Manuai with the following exceptions Under control settings in all sections of the manual Calibration Procedure Power Suppiy Display Vertical and Horizontai Standard Version change from CABLE DIELECTRIC Both Out VAR Clockwise to DISTANCE CAL Both Ciockwise 9 and 1 1 0 Replace parts through y of the Power Supply portion of the manual
129. 0 000 feet to 10 000 metres Scales X10 Scale Multipliers 2 X10 and X100 X1 and X10 Accuracy From 2nd to tenth graticule iine Distance Dial Range 0 to 2 500 feet At X10 setting 1 0 to 500 metres At X1 setting 0 to 25 000 feet At X100 settings 0 to 5 000 metres At X10 settings Accuracy 2 of reading 2 ft X10 i 50 2 metres X1 20 ft X100 2 metres X10 Dielectric Scales gation is 65 9 C speed of light i i Solid Poly 0 66 Used where velocity of propa mn S Foam Poly 0 81 Where velocity of propagation is 8196 MENU Specification 1503 Table 1 2 cont Ll uie EE LLL 04 1 0 31 to 1 0 Activated when both SOLID POLY and FOAM POLY buttons released or both depressed calibrated for when VAR control set to Full _ E position PEERS Sweep 40 Hz within 0 Hz 10 Hz Filter switch out Sweep Chart Recorder Mode 20 Sec swaa5 nomini 15 dependent on _ s fet tant chartrecorder o Chart Tracking 22 from 2nd to tenth graticule line Line Voltage 000 117 Vac 20 48 to 40Hz or 234 Vac 20 48 to 410 Hz A RRR RR Battery Pack Operation At least 5 hours
130. 00 210 0055 00 407 1694 00 129 0562 00 211 0097 00 211 0033 00 131 1084 01 210 0586 00 211 0012 00 210 0994 00 361 0764 00 220 0547 01 211 0101 00 210 0202 00 210 0457 00 210 0407 00 211 0507 00 334 2529 00 386 3154 01 213 0192 00 REV JUN 1983 Seriai Modet No Eff Dscont 8010100 B082958 8010100 8 059999 BOS6O000 Qty 07 e Replaceabie Mechanica 8 1503 12345 Name amp Description BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES SOCKET PIN TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS TERMINAL PIN 0 461 X 0 025 SQ TERMINAL PIN 0 365 L X 0 025 PH BRZ GOLD TERM TEST POINT BRS CD PL POST ELEC MECH 1 53 L W 4 40 THD NYLON MARKER CAUTION 48 TO 410HZ XFMR PWR STPDN SEE T0389 eoe mii mnm ATTACHING PARTSy rm NUT PL ASSEM WA 6 32 X 0 312 STL CD PL TERMINAL LUG 0 146 ID LOCKING BRZ TINNED SCREW 6 32 X 1 25 INCHES PNH STL SCREW 6 32 X 1 125 INCH PNH STL WASHER FLAT 0 142 10 X 0 058 THK FBR END ATTACHING 5 BSHG FEED THRU FUSEHOLDER TERM DELRIN TERM FEEDTHRU 0 89 X 0 025 SQ EA END CONN RCPT 10 20 CONTACT ATTACHING PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS TERMINAL LUG 0 12 ID LOCKING BRZ TIN PL SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL E NIS ATTACHING 5 warara NUT BLOCK 0 38 X 0 26 X 0 282 2 4 40 ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40
131. 00 71400 71400 71400 71400 71400 71400 80009 24138 0000M 12697 80009 01121 71590 01121 01121 12697 32997 80009 32997 80009 01121 0000 12697 0000M 12697 01121 12697 12697 80008 09353 09353 80009 80008 81073 Mfr Part Number 016 0595 00 878 521 5 55 10 878 521 5 55 10 150 1040 01 MDL 1 2 MDL 15100 MDL3 10 MDL3 10 MDL 1 2 MDL 15 100 MDL3 10 108 0671 00 P 202 MURATA MC 12M 381S CM40942 311 2010 01 CB1025 211 008 CB4735 CB1045 381 30918 36105 420 502 311 1707 02 36105 514 502 311 1800 02 CB4735 412712 OBD 41713 W 3083E 382 CM40952 3815 40942 311 2010 01 U21 SHZQE 7215 SY2 B E 263 1118 00 263 0013 00 515 2201208 7 21 Replaceabie Electrical Parts 1503 Tektronix Mir Ckt No Part No Eff Oscont Name amp Description Code Mfr Part Number 1357 260 1919 00 SWITCH ROTARY DISTANCE 11 POS 81073 515 3001111 21357 OPTION 1 ONLY 51624 263 0010 00 SWITCH 55 1 PUSH 7 5MM W 2 CONTACTS 80009 263 0010 00 1625 263 0011 00 SWITCH PB ASSY 1 PUSH 10 MM Wi4 CONTACTS 80009 263 0011 00 S2t26 263 1125 00 SW ACTR AS FEET DIV 80008 263 1125 00 19389 120 0978 00 XFMR PWR 80009 120 0978 00 V0235 154 0667 02 ELECTRON 31 80009 154 0667 02 0235 154 0667 03 8020321 ELECTRON 7 80009 154 0667 03
132. 0009 80009 22599 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 83385 80009 83385 83385 71126 83385 80009 80009 83385 80009 80009 06540 86928 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 83385 86928 80009 Mir Part Number 437 0190 01 105 0684 00 105 0684 01 367 0212 00 367 0212 01 52 028 125 0375 351 0463 00 351 0463 01 52 012 062 0375 0240 042 100 5133 14 384 1385 00 52 022 094 0375 105 0686 00 O8D 361 0762 00 214 2345 00 52 022 094 0375 426 1271 00 426 1271 02 214 0787 00 204 0282 00 214 2389 00 OBD 200 1778 00 OBD OBD B78 386 3216 00 105 0652 00 OBD 200 1759 00 016 0595 00 6130 55 0632 5612 32 31 334 2665 00 334 2666 00 334 2667 00 437 0188 01 200 1805 00 OBD 5712 82 60 2 386 3303 01 Replaceable Mechanical 5 1503 Fig amp index Tektrorux Seral Model No No Dscont 1 37 107 0035 00 38 267 0204 01 439 334 2468 00 40 437 0188 00 41 348 0418 00 42 214 0507 00 43 213 045 1 00 44 354 0175 00 9 4 Qty da 12345 amp Description DISC 38 ID X 1 865 OD HANDLE CARRYING WiHARDWARE PLATE IDENT MARKED 1502 UNIT FOOT CABINET FRONT ATTACHING PARTS mes SCREW 6 32 X 0 312 INCH PNH STL Mu END ATTACHING PARTS SCR EXT RLV BOD FOOT RETAINING ATTACHING PARTS RING RE
133. 0317 402 OBD 220 0484 00 2 20317 402 OBD A313 136 129 0290 00 358 0342 00 200 1341 00 9 5 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 Fig amp Index No 2 40 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 00 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 50 60 61 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 9 6 Tek fronix Part No 210 0583 00 210 0940 00 210 0583 00 210 0940 00 254 0563 00 210 1085 00 210 0845 00 333 2003 02 333 2123 00 ested besos vrine uaau 348 042 1 00 210 1245 00 348 0409 04 348 0409 01 348 0409 02 348 0422 00 352 0243 00 348 0477 00 213 0738 00 220 0415 00 129 0609 00 242 0507 00 210 0009 00 129 0562 00 211 0198 00 210 0003 00 386 3520 00 210 0586 00 211 0033 00 386 3153 00 210 0586 00 211 0008 00 136 0644 00 386 1316 00 136 0266 01 131 0707 00 131 0708 00 131 0621 00 352 0171 03 352 0171 08 352 0171 09 Serial Model No Eff 8040900 8010100 8040880 8061432 8010100 8040880 Dscont 8040879 8040879 Qty ran mA a ad e C c 12345 Name amp Description RESISTOR VAR SEE R0432 REPL 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS WASHER FLAT 0 25 ID X 0 375 INCH OD STL ATTACHING Pane RESISTOR SEE 80442 REPL ATTACHING PARTS nn N
134. 05166 05166 U5227 05227 05252 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 315 0105 00 315 0105 00 315 0333 00 315 0102 00 315 0102 00 321 0318 02 321 0306 01 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 321 0345 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 321 0756 03 321 0644 00 315 0473 00 321 0644 00 321 0644 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0566 00 315 0105 00 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 375 01 05 00 315 0473 00 315 0104 00 315 0472 00 315 0104 00 315 0561 00 156 0686 00 156 0525 03 156 0525 03 156 0523 01 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0524 02 Eff 8010100 8082953 8010100 8082959 010100 8 082959 8010100 8072080 Dscont B082958 B082958 B082958 072079 Repiaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Name amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33K OHM 5 6 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN IK 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 20K 0 5 0 125 RES FXD FILM 15K 0 5 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 100K 596 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 38 3K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXO CMPSN 100K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FILM 50K 0 25 0 125 RES EXD FILM 100K OHM 0 25 6 0 125W RES 5 47 5 0 25 RES 100 OHM 0 25 5 0 125W RES FXD FILM 100K
135. 103 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 285 0537 00 283 0203 00 283 0209 00 290 0517 00 283 0193 00 283 0114 00 283 0159 00 283 0107 00 283 0076 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 150 1000 00 152 0141 02 152 0457 00 152 0322 00 152 0169 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0322 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0107 00 152 0141 02 Serial Model No 083169 8083169 Oscont Name amp Description MICA D 220PF 195 500V CAP ELCTLT 22UF 20 35V CAP FXD MICA D 2240PF 0 5 300V 2 100V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXO CER 01 47 5 200V 1 270 5 500 Di 100PF 5 200V CAP Dt 22PF 5 50V 270 5 500V CAP 01 270 5 0 500 CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20926 35V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2095 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 01UF 5 100V CAP FXD CER DEQO TUF 80 20 12V DI 47PF 5 200V CAP FXD CER DI 0 001UF 100 0 500 CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 2095 35V CAP FXD ELCTLUT 22UF 20 33V CAP ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V Di 47PF 5 200V 01 47 5 200 01 470 5 500V CAP 01 51 5 200 CAP Di 10PF 5 200V
136. 1121 01295 02735 03508 03888 04222 04713 07263 09353 12697 12969 14099 14552 14752 14936 5238 17856 18324 19396 24138 24546 27014 28480 32997 34430 50434 51642 56289 59660 59821 71400 71590 2982 73138 75042 75915 78488 80009 81073 84411 90201 91637 96733 CROSS CODE NUMBER MANUFACTURER Manufacturer SONY TEKTRONIX CORPORATION SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO S CAROLINA ALLEN BRADLEY COMPANY TEXAS INSTRUMENTS INC SEMICONDUCTOR GROUP RCA CORPORATION SOLID STATE DIVISION GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY SEMI CONDUCTOR PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT KDI PYROFILM CORPORATION AVX CERAMICS DIVISION OF AVX CORP MOTOROLA INC SEMICONDUCTOR PROD DIV FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR A DIV OF FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP C AND K COMPONENTS INC CLAROSTAT MFG INC UNITRODE CORPORATION SEMTECH CORP MICRO SEMICONDUCTOR CORP ELECTRO CUBE INC GENERAL INSTRUMENT CORP SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTS GROUP SEMICONDUCTORS A DIVISION OF INTER NATIONAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH CORP SILICONIX INC SIGNETICS CORP ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS INC PAKTRON DIV INTERNATIONAL ELECTRONIC CORP CORNING GLASS WORKS ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS DIVISION NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP HEWLETT PACKARD CO CORPORATE HQ BOURNS INC TRIMPOT PRODUCTS MONSANTO COMMERCIAL PRODUCT CO FABRICATOR PRODUCTS DIV HEWLETT PACKARD COMPANY CENTRE ENGINEERING INC SPRAGUE EL
137. 159 0032 00 159 0054 00 mmm 159 0029 00 159 0032 00 159 0054 00 aa mae m mmm nene 108 0671 00 149 0031 00 149 0044 02 311 1806 00 am 315 0102 00 311 0678 00 315 0473 00 315 0104 00 311 0160 00 311 1707 00 aa 311 1800 00 311 1800 02 315 0473 00 311 0690 01 311 1905 00 311 0690 01 311 1906 00 mmm 311 1005 00 311 1806 00 Masi ee 260 0834 00 260 1727 00 263 1118 00 263 0013 00 260 1918 00 nenen Serial Model No B010100 8050000 8010100 B050000 8010100 8050000 B010100 8050000 8010100 8030006 010100 8080000 8010100 8040000 8010100 8040000 8010100 8020330 BO10100 B020330 8010100 8080000 Dscont 8049999 8 049999 8 049999 8049999 8029999 8079999 8039999 8039999 8020329 020329 8079999 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Name amp Description CHASSIS PARTS BATTERY SET DI 0 001 UF 20 3000V CAP FXD CER 01 0 00102 20 3000V LAMP LED W ILEADS amp DIODE HOLDER FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 3A 250V SLOW BLOW FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 5A 250V SLOW BLOW FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 154 250V SLOW BLOW OPTION 6 ONLY FUSE CARTRIDGE BUSSMAN ONLY OPTION 6 ONLY FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 3A 250V SLOW BLOW FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 5A 250V SLOW BLOW FUSE CARTRIDGE 3AG 0 15A 250V SLO
138. 16 Right MPL Item 3 117 b SCREWS 1 MPL 3 27 1 ea MPL item 3 28 5 ea c Procedure 1 Fill the countersunk screw holes onthe Subpanel with No 3144 sealant See Fig 5 12 2 Attach the to the three Frame sections The decorative screw is installed in the upper left corner of the subpanel REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT SEALANT 1792 66 Fig 5 12 Detail of Subpanel screwhole sealing 13 install Front Panel on Subpanel a Procedure 1 Apply G 661 lubricant to the rear surface of the Plug in Seal and to the two Fuse Holder Seals 2 Place Front Panel on the Subpanel 14 install Fuseholders in Front Panel see Fig 5 13 a FUSEHOLDERS MPL item 2 26 b Procedure 1 Instali Fuseholders as shown in Fig 5 13 2 Tighten the retaining nut on the fusehoider until the Front Panel is pulled flush with the Subpanel Maintenance 1503 ra a a ul ums gt CAUTION Do not overtighten 2 FUSEHOLDER 7 NEOPRENE WASHER ALUMINUM WASHER 1792 67 FRONT PANEL Fig 5 13 Detail of Fuseholder installation 15 Install Fuseholder Caps see Fig 5 14 a WASHERS MPL item 2 27 b Procedure 1 Clean washers and Fusehoider Caps with isopropyl alcohol 2 Apply No 3144 sealantto onesurface of a washer and place the washer in one of the Fusehoider Caps Repeat for the other washer and cap 3 Insert the caps in the Fus
139. 18 LELIE 50418 relia 0218 69 26918 8895 18813 8944 11918 51918 249 8 22919 Looky 55918 59 18 OL 814 029 989 93 FES 253 214 510 213 Lis LED 218 418 ELV 8 98 9 8 sid SiD SiH 9 9 19 bid 213 SiV 9 8 StH 513 514 Sia eig 118 sio 219 9 eta ikd 114 LEV 482 918 sia 4 39 sra 510 Ziv sig 55913 yesid 229 8 80918 90919 2098 20918 668 46918 26548 68518 88513 49518 98514 29519 41518 28514 25518 9918 Spali 42 13 5818 05918 60514 80513 10519 90514 cosi 96719 98 1 4978 16913 51110 21410 8 910 99910 LSSLO 1890 7550 26510 88510 81510 26 0 61510 655 0 95510 9550 5510 SEFLO 4211 95517 99511 521 ppi 18 028 Sta 213 cia 84 218 618 4282 6 5 lid 13 213 484 sig 194 Sta 8 95 113 913 618 62 BLO 028 8 9 114 49 414 113 913 513 13 18 028 022 912 9 9 619 19 59 SLY 9 213 1 civ tiv 41 SLO sig Si Y StH 9 9 91H 98 262183 562 89 252883 9691 68942 88992 29199 659183 79 83 8 9 279 6594532 1859182 215189 855182 155199 956545
140. 1K OHM 5 0 25W 5 20 OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 2K OHM 5 0 25W 5 596 0 25 RES OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 5K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN tK 89 0 25 Mfr Code 73138 91637 01121 01121 01121 91637 32997 01121 91637 91637 24546 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 91637 91637 32997 32997 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 Part Number 89 129 1 MFF1816G52300F CB4735 CB1035 CB2235 MFF1816G402RO0F 3329P L 58 103 CB2235 MFF1816D15001C MFF1816D60400C 55 7501 MFF1816D30100C CB2735 CB4715 CB1035 CB1015 CB3335 CB2235 CB2435 CB5635 CB4735 CB1015 CB1015 MFF1816G22600F MFF1816G27400F MFF1816G33200F CB2235 MFF1816G19600F MFF1816G80600F MFF1816G66500F 3329P L58 105 3329P L58 253 CB3625 CB8215 5125 CB2005 CB4715 CB2225 CB1035 CB1035 CB1015 CB1055 CB1035 CB1015 83325 81015 081525 1025 REV JUN 1983 No R1544 R1543
141. 2 73 Fig 5 20 Installation of Distance Meter 5 13 Maintenance 1503 20 Install the ZERO REFERENCE control in the Front Panel see Figs 5 21 and 5 22 Fig 5 21 Application of sealant to ZERO REFERENCE control a RESISTOR VARIABLE MPL 2 49 This variable resistor is listedinthe Electrical Parts list b Procedure 1 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the threads of the bushing as shown in Fig 5 21 2 Flatten or remove the anti rotation lug on the resistor housing 3 Install nut as shown in Fig 5 22 4 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the nut bushing interface 5 Use attaching hardware and install resistor in Front Panel LUG NO 3144 SEALANT 1792 76 bushing 21 install the Record control see Figs 5 23 5 24 5 25 a SWITCH TOGGLE MPL item 2 23 b CAP TOGGLE SWITCH SEAL MPL item 2 24 5 14 C Procedure 1 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the bushing switch body interface as shown in Fig 5 23 2 Install nut that was supplied with the switch as shown in Fig 5 24 3 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the bushing nut interface as shown in Fig 5 24 4 Use attaching hardware and install the toggle switch in the Front Panel 5 Install the cap seal on the toggle switch see Fig 5 25 NUT NO 3144 SEALANT 1792 75 Fig 5 22 Application of sealant to ZERO REFERENCE controi nut NO 3144 SEAL
142. 250 PNH STL CD PL ATTACHING PARTSy mtm SOCKET ASSY CRT SUPPORT CRT REAR 5 ELEK ELCTRN TUBE 12 CONT W LEAD 22 26 AWG BRS amp CU BE GOLD CONTACT ELEC 0 48 L 28 32 AWG WIRE 22 26 AWG BRS amp CU BE GOLD CONN BODY PL EL 1 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY PL EL 1 WIRE GRAY CONN BODY PL EL 1 WIRE WHITE m 00 2 12327 89683 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 85471 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 85471 80009 73743 80009 83385 78189 80009 77250 78189 80009 83385 83385 80009 83385 83385 80009 80009 0000 22526 22526 22526 80009 80009 80009 Mir Part Number 2X2031 7 402 OBD 2 20317 402 OBD 5 64 506 55 OBD 634 R 333 2003 02 333 24 23 00 333 2123 02 333 2467 01 348 0421 00 OBD 348 0409 04 348 0409 01 348 0409 02 348 0422 00 352 0243 00 OBD 213 0738 00 2 28046 402 129 0609 00 OBD 1110 00 129 0562 00 1104 00 00 0541 386 3520 00 OBD OBD 386 31 53 00 OBD OBD 136 0644 00 386 1316 00 47439 47437 46231 352 0171 03 352 0171 08 352 0171 09 REV JUN 1983 Fig amp Index No 2 78 79 80 81 96 97 98 89 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 2011 4412 113 114 Tektronix Part No 352 0169 01 352 0169 02 352 0162 03 352 0162 07 352 0163 04 352 0163 05
143. 276 0647 00 151 0302 00 151 0301 00 151 0302 00 151 1078 00 151 0216 00 151 0221 00 151 0188 00 151 0301 00 151 0441 00 151 0221 00 181 0131 00 151 0188 00 151 0441 00 151 0333 00 151 0301 00 151 0441 00 151 0441 00 151 0302 00 151 0131 00 151 0188 00 151 0302 00 151 0302 00 151 1078 00 151 0450 00 151 1078 00 151 0441 00 151 0302 00 151 0221 00 151 0302 00 151 0441 00 321 0976 04 321 0973 04 321 0604 00 321 0170 00 Serial Model No Eff 8010100 B083169 8010100 8050000 8010100 8083169 8010100 8050000 Dscont 8 083168 8049999 083168 8049999 amp Description SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 150 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 31 50 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 254 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 25V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 25V SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 400V 400MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 25 COIL RF 200UH COIL 2000 COIL 200UH COIL RF 1 10H COIL RE 200UH COIL RF 10 2UH POT CORE 20018 COIL RF 200UH CORE EM TOROID FERRITE TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN
144. 315 0682 00 321 1399 06 321 0996 03 321 0679 00 315 0224 00 321 0622 00 321 1283 03 315 0104 00 315 0103 00 315 0105 00 315 0105 00 315 0105 00 325 0199 00 315 0272 00 315 0223 00 321 0321 00 321 0321 00 260 1445 02 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0067 00 156 0067 12 156 0067 00 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 152 0149 00 152 0149 00 Seriat Model 010100 030000 8030000 010100 8072080 8010100 8072080 8010100 8082959 B010100 8 030000 Dscont 8029999 8072078 8072079 8082958 8029999 Name amp Description RES FXD FILM 10K ORM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 39K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33 5 0 25 5 100 5 0 25 5 100 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 33K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1 5M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1M 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 20K OHM 125 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 6 8K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 6 8K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 142K 0 25 0 125 RES FXD FILM 99K 0 25 0 125 RES FXD FILM 34K 0 5 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 220K 5 0 25 RES 37 96 0 25 0 125 RES FXD FILM 8 76K OHM 0 25 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 595 0 25W RES 5 0 25 RES
145. 31u3ANOO BIA Or aide SESIL 4 20 RN 285529 4 9 2700 27 15529 28 g M 1 AV 2119 BOA 1 777 dX WIA 9A ESPIYA H zi TST 2 04 wis 755990 991 6 gie 299898 1559 L satin mE 854990 ifi oct 1192 15492 9 lt 9 ca 11 90 bor Ow NAT b 4 Md T 4 et it 77 5579201 599 pee 22 Lyr prsou gt 65594 9 PATI ATI 522 e amm Re Xe 9 by 59 5 32 99 ASU 7 194 ee gt f lt uu 4 S 960 E 28671618 641992 5 154 C 9 1 4 NO Le a 754 mat 3 194 m AHO Ni 0810 80 Q3h 40 1 414 AS woo 657942 9 USES ONY ZQ1VA 2 74 Be lt gt UIE YS 1910 OL PR 5 64 lt Ase mp es le TUE CANO 3 051 611941 p VES VEO 100 1 9 ad e i 455 9 sar teens 64 2 Seay ecion t 27 i 0id i o 51592 7 91698 beh 2v ACT 3 6 lt Di 69106 1 ALS x d bi
146. 352 0165 08 352 0165 09 352 0166 05 352 0166 06 352 0168 09 352 0200 02 386 3113 00 348 0239 00 348 0067 00 337 2085 00 386 3112 00 343 0610 00 337 2206 00 407 1589 00 211 0008 00 210 1251 00 129 0554 00 129 0554 01 211 0008 00 213 0912 00 384 1101 00 384 1099 00 384 1368 00 334 2450 00 672 0498 00 672 0575 00 mrene 377 0451 00 354 0555 00 211 0116 00 213 0088 00 211 0148 01 210 1002 00 131 0604 00 131 0608 00 136 0252 04 136 0269 02 136 0514 00 381 0384 00 214 0579 00 162 0504 00 162 0510 00 152 0516 00 182 0520 00 162 0524 00 162 0578 00 REV JUN 1983 Serial Model Eff 010100 8010100 010100 094450 8010100 8010100 8010100 Dscont 94449 8094450 8094449 082958 082958 8082958 Qty 44 gt 4 24 Q3 wh TO Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 12345 Name amp Description HLDR TERM CONN 2 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY PL EL 2 WIRE RED CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE VIOLET CONN BODY PL EL 5 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY PL EL 5 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY CONN BODY 7 WIRE WHITE CONN BODY PL EL 8 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY PL EL 8 WIRE BLUE CONN 10 WIRE WHITE CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE RED SUPPORT CRT REAR GROMMET PLASTIC DK GRAY U SHAPE 0 27 ID GROMMET PLASTIC
147. 36 0263 04 136 0260 02 214 0579 00 162 0504 00 162 05 10 00 162 05 16 00 162 0520 00 162 0524 00 162 0576 00 162 0578 00 220 07 29 00 211 0101 00 334 2452 00 351 0435 00 213 0192 00 131 1165 00 211 0034 00 361 0742 00 134 0014 00 210 0457 00 210 0202 00 210 0975 00 210 0933 00 343 0089 00 343 0213 00 348 0064 00 348 0417 00 wane ee mmm 136 0514 00 136 0252 04 136 0352 00 131 0589 00 131 0608 00 131 0590 00 214 0579 00 334 2451 00 211 0116 00 Serial Modet No Eff Dscont 8010100 8082958 8010100 8082958 8010100 082958 8010100 8082958 B010100 8082958 8010100 8082958 Qty PO fo auh uh 5 12345 4 Description GUIDE PL IN UNEUPPER RIGHT ATTACHING SCR TPG THD FOR 6 32 X 0 50 INCH PNH STL CKT BOARD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES TERMINAL PIN 0 46 L X 0 025 SQ SKT PL IN ELEC MICROCIRCUIT 8 DIP SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 14 DIP LOW CL SOCKET PIN TERM U W 0 016 0 018 DIA PINS TERM FOR 0 025 INCH SQUARE PIN SKT PL IN ELEK MICROCIRCUIT 16 DIP LOW CL TERM TEST POINT BRS CD PL INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID BLACK 0 067 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC FIBERGLASS RED 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID YELLOW 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID GREEN 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 BLUE 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID ORANGE 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID VIOLET 0 079 NUT BLOCK 0 25
148. 38 see Fig 4 7 C1238 81216 144 1965 23 Fig 4 7 Fast Ramp test point b CHECK For a peak to peak amplitude of 6V 0 2 V Ramp should begin at an approximate 2 V level and ramp should end at an approximate 4 V level c ADJUST R1676 RAMP PEAK for a peak to peak amplitude of 6 V 0 2 V with the ramp beginning at an approximate 2 V level and ramp ending at an proximate 4 V level see Fig 4 7 d Remove the test probe REV JUL 1983 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adiustment Procedure 19 Timing a Set RET LOSS to 20 dB and the multiplier to X1 b Connect the TG 501 Time Mark Generator through a 50 Q terminator to the CABLE connector on the 1503 Set the TG 501 to us marks c Connect TRIGGER OUT from the TG 501 to TRIG DURATION IN on the PG 501 Pulse Generator Set the PG 501 PERIOD to EXT TRIG DURATION to 0 1 ms and OUTPUT control to 5 V into 50 10 V into 1 d Connect the OUTPUT fromthe PG 501tothe EXT CAL terminals on the 1503 Main Board see Fig 4 8 e Setthe 1503 ZERO REF SET so that the test pulseis off screen and the time marks are set one graticule line Use the VARIABLE PULSE DURATION control on the PG 501 to obtain stable time marks CHECK Each time mark should align with every third graticule line g ADJUST R1216 FT DIV CAL for one mark per every third division 20 DISTANCE Dial a Set the METRES DIV switch to 10 metr
149. 430 02 670 3130 03 670 3010 00 670 3010 01 670 3010 02 670 3513 00 670 3513 01 670 3513 02 670 3520 00 670 3520 01 670 3520 02 670 3865 00 auum un umim oe muaa 290 04 14 00 290 0134 00 285 0598 00 ununu 285 0650 00 285 0719 00 283 0198 00 281 0623 00 290 0530 00 283 0203 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 283 0203 00 290 0517 00 283 0104 00 283 0103 00 290 0530 00 290 0530 00 290 0114 00 283 0023 00 Serial Model 010100 8082959 8010100 8082959 8010100 8030000 082959 8 094631 8010100 8070000 8 082959 010100 8 070000 082959 8010100 8020000 8082959 010100 8020246 8082959 8010100 8082959 8040710 Dscont 8082958 082958 8029999 8082958 8094630 8069999 8082958 8069999 8082958 8019999 8082958 8020245 8082958 8082958 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 amp Description CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLIES CKT BOARD ASSY MAIN BOARD ASSY MAIN CKT BOARD ASSY MAIN OPTION 5 ONLY BOARD ASSY MAIN OPTION 5 ONLY BOARD ASSY VERT AMPL SLOW RAMP CKT BOARD ASSY VERT AMPL SLOW RAMP BOARD ASSY VERT AMPL SLOW RAMP CKT BOARD ASSY VERTICAL AMPL SLOW RAMP BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMPLIFIER BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMPLIFIER CKT BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMPLIFIER CKT BOARD ASSY SWEEP GEN CKT BOARD ASSY SWEEP GEN BOARD 55 SWEEP GEN CKT BO
150. 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 300K 596 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 47K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 330 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 220 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 200K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN B 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 8 2K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 5 6K 5 0 25 TEST SELECTABLE NOMINAL VALUE RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 75 OHM 199 0 125W RES FXD FH M 93 1 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 127 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 196 0 125W RES 5 4 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 4 7K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 3 3K OHM 5 6 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 8 6 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 595 0 25W RES FXD FILM 562 OHM 195 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 33K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 3 9K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 270K OHM 596 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 200K OHM 1095 0 5W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 0 125W 5 5 8 2 OHM 5 0 25W
151. 5 a high current switch Q6435 conducts when the output of the mul tivibrator is high so a magnetic field builds up in transformer 16535 by way of windings 5 6 during the 8 us period When Q6435 turns off the field collapses and the stored energy is transferred to the secondary windings Diodes CR6347 CR6441 and CR6442 prevent Q6435 from saturating causing the switch off time to be faster To reduce the base drive energy a voltage source that is lower than the battery pack is used Thisis supplied from terminal 3 of T6535 through diode CR6446 The 25 V pre regulated supply is usedto control the primary regulation is also used for the high voltage circuitry and the pulse generator A voltage tap is provided by way of R6358 and Q6357 to create 9 7 Vasa reference voltage for the primary regulator network This voltage is compared againstthe combined voltage of 9 1 V zener diode VR6459 and the base emitter junction of Q6557 Depending on the voltage level of the 25 V supply 26557 conducts more or less The amplified collector voltage is fed to astable multivibrator Q6458 and Q6445 by way of emitter follower Q6552 This controls the duty cycle of the astable multivibrator Anti Deep Discharge Circuit Anti Deep Discharge circuit prevents the battery pack from going into deep discharge which could permanently damage the batteries Q6549 and Q6547 are connected as an SCR network When fired both transistors ful
152. 59 OD X 0 156 INCH LON END ATTACHING PARTS CONNECTOR TERM 22 26 AWG BRS 8 CU BE GOL TERM CONN 2 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY PL EL 2 WIRE GREEN CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE WHITE EYELET METALLIC 0 152 OD X 0 245 INCH L EYELET METALLIC 0 126 OD X 0 23 INCH WIRE ELECTRICAL 7 WIRE RIBBON INSUL SLVG ELEC FIBERGLASS RED 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID GREEN 0 079 OD INSUL SLVG ELEC 0 034 10 0 079 OD SLVG ELEC 0 034 ID VIOLET 0 079 OD Mfr Code 80009 83385 80009 73743 76854 80009 80009 83385 80009 22526 22526 00779 80009 24931 22526 22526 73803 73803 73803 80009 80009 07707 80009 07707 80009 07707 80009 07707 80009 07707 80009 07707 22526 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 08261 93410 93410 93410 93410 Mfr Part Number 337 2313 00 OBD 337 2314 00 12161 50 3 5165 263 129 0605 00 129 0353 00 OBD 131 0604 00 47357 48283 028 850100 01 131 1003 00 28 8269 1 75060 007 75060 007 CS9002 14 59002 8 CS9002 8 214 0579 00 343 0495 01 SE 27 343 0499 01 SE 27 343 0496 02 SE 25 343 0497 02 SE 25 343 0496 03 SE 25 343 0497 03 SE 25 47439 352 0169 01 352 0169 05 352 0165 04 352 0162 09 210 0774 00 210 0775 00 55 0726 710610 F5B2021 F5B2031 F5B207 1 F5B1861 Replaceable Mechanical Parts 1503 Fig amp index No 2 194 195 196 200 201
153. 6 85128 85130 85131 5132 85134 85135 85136 85137 85138 85139 5141 85148 85155 85158 85161 85163 85166 7 14 Tektronix Part No Th 283 0198 00 283 0054 00 290 0524 00 283 0203 00 283 0004 00 283 0111 00 283 0111 00 283 0154 00 283 0110 00 283 0010 00 283 0346 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 151 1078 00 151 1022 00 151 0301 00 151 0301 00 151 0126 00 151 0301 00 151 0301 00 151 0301 00 151 0302 00 151 0302 00 151 0302 00 151 0301 00 151 0260 00 151 0301 00 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 316 0186 00 315 0105 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 315 0105 00 321 0644 00 315 0335 00 321 0756 03 321 0644 00 321 0756 03 321 0756 03 321 0756 03 321 0644 00 321 0644 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 315 0104 00 315 0105 00 315 0104 00 8010100 8010100 8020000 Serial Model No Dscont 019999 8019999 BOARD ASSY RECORDER LOGIC CER DEO 22UF 20 50V 4 Description CER DE150PF 5 200 FXD ELCTLT 4 7UF 20 10 FXD CER DiO 47UF 20 50V FXD CER 01 0 02 80 20 150V FXD CER 0 0 102 20 50 FXD CER 01 0 1UF 20 50V Di 22PF 5 50V CER 01 0 005 80 20 150V CER Df 0 05UF 100 20
154. 6059000 81035 87545 MFF1816G37402F CB7545 MFF1816G37402F MFF1816G15801F MFF1816G78700F CB1045 CB1045 MFF1816G40200F MFF1816G20000F CB1025 91 78 0 MFF1816G40200F MFF1816G20000F CB2045 CB2245 MFF1816G23701F MFF1816G12101F 91 78 0 91 79 0 MFF1816G23701F MFF1816G12101F 91 79 0 7 11 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Ckt No 3217 3219 3225 83225 83229 83233 83233 83234 R3234 83237 R3238 238 R3242 83248 3249 03123 03123 03223 7 12 Tektronix Part No 311 1559 00 315 0102 00 315 0104 00 315 0102 00 315 0105 00 315 0363 00 321 0313 00 315 0183 00 321 0284 00 311 1554 00 315 0183 00 321 0284 00 311 1554 00 311 1554 00 315 0204 00 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 156 0289 00 No 8070000 010100 8070000 010100 8070000 8010100 8070000 8010100 B082959 Dscont B069999 8069999 3069999 8082958 Name amp Description RES VAR NONWIR 10K 20 0 50 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 1K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 5 0 25W 5 36 OHM 5 5 0 25W RES EXD FILM 17 8K 1 0 125 RES FXDCMPSN 8K OHM 595 0 25W RES FXD FILM 8 87 OHM 1 0 125W RES VAR NONWIR 200K OHM 20 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 18K 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 8 87K 1 0 125 RES VAR NONWIR 200K OHM 20 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR
155. 7 CR6346 CR6347 CR6414 CR6438 CR6439 CR6441 CR6442 CR6446 CH6448 6452 Ch5534 CR6536 CR6537 CR6546 CR6551 F0401 F0401 F0491 F0491 F6112 F6113 F6122 F6123 CKT GRID CKT GRID NO LOC LOC L6344 88 R6518 D8 16423 H7 R6538 16428 F7 R6539 G1 16532 07 R6544 G5 L6538 7 R6545 G4 R6548 G2 06143 C4 R6549 G1 Q6155 C5 R6553 G4 06227 H8 R6554 H2 Q6241 D3 R6557 Gi Q6244 D3 R6558 Q6331 F8 Q6349 H5 50165 ES Q6357 7 06427 08 T6535 H6 Q6435 H6 Q6445 H5 TP6129 E4 06458 H3 TP6131 Q6547 H2 TP6218 H9 06548 61 YP6227 06544 G1 6256 06552 H2 6411 09 Q6557 H1 U6138 R6131 E4 U6222 H8 R6132 E4 06236 E8 R6133 4 06515 DB 86134 4 R6135 D4 VR6134 04 R6147 C4 VR6235 E3 R6148 C4 VR6252 04 R6149 VR6253 04 R6214 H9 VR6318 G7 R6215 H9 VR6417 DB R6222 HB VR6419 08 R6223 HB VR6427 08 6225 8 VR6459 Hi R6231 8 R6235 D3 R6254 C4 R6254 C4 R6346 H6 R6356 R6358 C7 R6413 D9 R6424 D R6426 08 R6444 H5 R6445 H5 R6447 05 R6449 H4 R6451 H3 R6453 H3 6454 H2 6455 R6456 C8 86457 H4 R6459 H1 86513 R6514 D9 R6517 A7 15 598 26 1 D 186 NYE 3 ARS 1 44 2 Hoo 10592 TRU 15199 42891 ecpayy u
156. 7 pin 2 an RS flip flop through CR1654 resetting the flip flop which turns off Q1657 thus keeping the current source Q1435 off When 01435 is turned off the collector voltage will tend to ring due to the energy in the inductor capacitor circuit and swing negative and positive with respect to ground Clamping diode CR1434 and Q1436 prevent any positive excursion of the voltage Due to the clamping action all energy from the inductor capacitor circuit is dissipated and only one negative going half sine pulse is generated This pulse is applied through C1447tothe output stage Q1637 The output stage is basically a class B common emitter amplifier which is biased to about 24 V The emitter goes to the 25 V supply through a network of resistors These resistors provide the required gain to output the pulse voltage 0 5 V into the selected characteristic impedance The output of the Pulse amplifier Q1637 is sent to the CABLE connector through dc blocking capacitor C1715 CR1639 R1646 and C1847 form a clamping circuit to prevent high positive transient voltages from damaging Q1637 and the sampling circuits Voltages above 25 V will forward bias CR1639 causingitto conduct and charge C1647 When the voltage is removed the excess voltage drains through the 25 V supply returning the charge on C 1647 to its quiesent level of 25 V The clock signal from U1667 pin 10 is rectified by CR1647 and CR1648 and regulated by VR1649 to 9 V across
157. 9 5 je Pet JEZ mei 44 5 PHA Amorem aae 431162 22823 tro HEPA Pen e pavo LICR oe ha tented rS 9 a Pace te TIE HUI 1107 038 4 ILERI 692841 0854 157944 39v11 OA 1 205 4 9 D 6142 2 2417 i 194 woud 109 OO 2v 1 eszicn 15152 i aoo 14 wi 611513 LEED n uot ti AS 82 11150 SILTY Stora Y HOPA 041151 AS gt 5 2 1 11 nae eiltu 3 8794 2195901 079 FELLEN 30 13 91162 gt gt E 1311 Nad 29 444 eni 9471160 WOLOIINNOD lt 32933144 SET gt OL NS Sovran ty ti CAEN 2 t 919597 11009 1 14 2 1 ew 4 USH 97 BEd 61752 a7 T mm AS S bid UA T 9 17527 AGe 4 4 79 I vid Std rai er vri rr i n Pligg
158. 9 013 0076 00 016 0327 00 1 ADAPTER CAMERA EXTENS ON 80009 016 0327 00 017 0063 00 ADAPTER CONN BNC TO GR 24655 0874 9700 017 0064 00 1 ADAPTER CONN TYPE BNC TO GR MALE 24655 0874 9800 QBPA 017 0090 00 1 FIXTURE CAL 50 OHM 1250HM 80009 017 0090 00 017 0091 00 1 FIXTURE CAL 50 OHM TO 75 OHM 80009 017 0091 00 017 0092 00 ADPTR TDR IMPD 50 OHM TO 93 OHM 80009 017 0092 00 103 0015 00 ADAPTER CONN BNC TO UHF 95712 470 3NT34 103 0090 00 1 ADAPTER CONN FEMALE TO DUAL MALE BANANA 05276 1269 103 0029 00 1 CONN MALE MALE 80009 103 0029 00 103 0032 00 i ADAPTER CONN BNC MALE UHI PEMALE 24931 29 3 116 1 103 0035 00 ADAPTER CONN BNC DUAL BINDING POST 05276 1296 103 0058 00 ADAPTER CONN N FEMALE TO BNC 91836 99 46 5 103 0169 00 ADAPTER CONN PROBE 80009 103 0169 00 012 0671 03 20320 CABLE INTCON 360 0 INCHES L 80009 012 0621 01 013 0169 00 020320 ADAPTER ASSY ISLN XFMR BALANCED OUTPUT 30009 013 0189 04 015 0327 00 FILTER DIR CUR 30009 see MH ten teet PPM eL 522 MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION At Tektronix we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developments by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they are developed and tested Sometimes due to printing and shipping requirements we can t get these c
159. 99 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 8069999 069999 Name amp Description CKT BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMPLIFIER 01 0 00110 10 200V DI 820PF 5 500V CAP Di 820PF 5 500V DEO 0015UF 595 200V CAP FXO ELCTLT 1UF 20 35 CAP ELCTLT 1UF 20 35V TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN FRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN RES FXD FILM 8 06K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 195 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 7 5K 1 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 470K 596 0 254 RES FXD FILM 232K OHM 1925 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 470K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 232K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 20K OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 12K OHM 595 0 25W RES FXD FILM 5 9K OHM 195 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 750K 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 374K 1 0 125 RES FXD CMPSN 750K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 374K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 15 8K 1 0 125 RES FXD FILM 7 87K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 100
160. ANT 1792 76 Fig 5 23 Application of sealant to RECORD toggle switch bushing NUT FLUSH WITH SW BODY NO 3144 SEALANT RUBBER SEAL Fig 5 25 Installation of rubber on RECORD toggle switch 22 Install the VAR control and the 0 dB SET control see Figs 5 26 and 5 27 a RESISTOR VARIABLE MPL 2 19 VAR control MPL item 2 35 0 dB SET control Procedure 1 Partially unscrew Hex spacer nut and form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the bushing threads as shown tn Fig 5 26 2 He tighten the Hex spacer nut 3 Pack the Shaft Threaded Bushing interface with G 661 lubricant as shown in Fig 5 27 4 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant on the end ofthe Hex space nut as shown in Fig 5 27 5 install the resistor in the Front Panel 1503 NO 3144 SEALANT WASHER OR LUG Fig 5 26 Application of sealant to the 0 dB SET control bushing NO 3144 SEALANT 5 TA 722222220 G 661 LUBRICANT 7792 80 Fig 5 27 Detail showing lubrication and sealing for the variable resistor 23 Partial installation procedure for Main Circuit Board Assembly a MAIN CIRCUIT BOARD ASSY Not shown in MPL as separate item b Procedure 1 Lubricate washer on BNC connector with 3 661 lubricant 2 Insert Main Circuit Board Assembly into instru ment chassis engaging pushbutton shafts with their respective switches Take c
161. ARD ASSY CHART RECORDER LOGIC BOARD ASSY CHART RECORDER LOGIC BOARD ASSY CHART RECORDER LOGIC CKT BOARD ASSY POWER CKT BOARD ASSY POWER CKT BOARD ASSY POWER BOARD ASSY X Y PLUG IN 016 0606 00 ONLY BOARD ASSY X Y PLUG IN 016 0606 00 ONLY CKT BOARD ASSY CABLE VP FACTOR OPTION 1 ONLY BOARD ASSY MAIN CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 2095 8V CAP FXD ELCTLT 22UF 2095 15V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 01UF 526 100V OPTION 5 ONLY CAP FXD PLSTC 0 027UF 595 100V CAP FXD PLSTC 0 015UF 595 100V OPTION 5 ONLY CAP FXD CER DI 0 22UF 2096 50V CAP FXD CER DI 650PF 5 500V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2096 6V CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UF 2095 50V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2095 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2095 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXO ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V CAP FXD CER DI 0 47UF 20 80V CAP FXD ELCTLT 6 8UF 20 35V 01 2000 5 500V CAP FXD CER DE 180PF 595 500V FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2096 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2096 6V CAP FXD ELCTLT 47UF 2096 6V CAP FXD CER DI 0 1UF 80 20 12V Mir Code 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 56289 56289 19396 56289 84411 56289 04222 90201 72982 90201 90201 90201 90201 72982 56289 59660 59660 90201 90201 56289 71590 Mfr Part Number 670 3866 00 670 3866 01 670 4388 00 670 4388
162. ASA Petts ale nr I NUR en DALY Sm bu re m mn m DO ans ovn n EN rm I m Dam AMA Wee WAIT o Pe yl D M n H SELLE I pe X sou peer Woo EM h een wu c vea qnas LIBUS cm SS Due 3 2 7e 9219 etc or TE I ains EM 22 0 5 122 Pu d PEE surg MA rmm 7 141 4 00 9182 ED 5 1810 118 SUW i ceo uo lt gt v c ae um 802222 api 89590 15910 90918 97919 18912 1919 20919 5698 i 7 2270 M 2999 9 e 69910 22 mad 00000 euo 8887 5 5 26 gt O ME 19919 96418 LLSIH 91818 e lt 86612 188141 4 5 es 990 59010 Re vis ne 48818 us m rel 26819 92519 at 5 79483 99113 ip 90919 iu sori mep
163. ATION PROCEDURE 4 1 Performance eee sea xx 203 4 2 Adjustment Procedure 4 4 MAINTENANCE 5 1 OPTIONS 222 24 6 1 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS 7 1 DIAGRAMS AND ILLUSTRATIONS 8 1 REPLACEABLE MECHANICAL PARTS 9 1 1503 Fig 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 8 4 9 5 1 5 2 9 3 5 4 252 2 6 5 7 2 8 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Page 1503 Time Domain Reflectometer 2 1 Battery connector 2 2 Front panel controls Ges 2 3 Test pulse at reference 2 4 TOR display of Ri vs o 2 7 X Y Output Module strap 2 7 Open MID 3 d du rear 2 9 OSANG axe sodio ae en 2 9 Shorted tip and ib os des tig ers 2 10 Building out network 2 10 67 ohm splice at 4000 2 11 Split and re split pair 2 1 Bridge top at 4000 feet 2 13 Simplified Block diagram 3 1 Sampling diagram 3 2 diagr 2 3 4 Sampling Circuit timing 3 7 Functional block diagram of the Slow Ramp Generator at Ge wie oh 3 8 Block diagram of 1503 Power Supply 3 10 Chart Recorder logic 3 12 X Y Output Module strap vega 3 13
164. CABLE DIELECTRIC vax Sz aS SSD Tul 0 we d 55 yer i 562 1503 TOR CABLE TESTER 221 rrea P RET LOSS 148 TEST SPLIT AT A 2 PULSE 1600 FT 2 A split occurs at a splice when tip or ring of one cable is accidently spliced to the tip or ring of another cable pair The 1503 crt will show a discontinuity similiar to that of a splice at the point where the conductors are separated A decrease in capacitance will be indicated by a positive return pulse If a re split restoration to normat condition occurs in a subsequent splice the return pulse will appear with the opposite polarity of that shown for the split _ RESPLIT 5006 FT 1 1 1 E Mp be SPLIT 4000 FT RET LOSS 48 io 39 49 AEST Gur 7 12 AUTION FOCUS INTENSITY 12 MPLS WiOYH ing DI amp LECTRIC 1 MM 6 f ye i i 4503 TOR CABLE TESTER 2 5 cS eme 1865 11 Fig 2 12 Split and re split pair Operating Instructions 1503 1 BRIDGE TAP AT 4000 FT BRIDGE TAP CABLE AT 2000 FT 77000 ete I a t IMPiS
165. CER SLEEVE 0 128 10 X 0 15 L BRASS SPR HLCL TRSN 0 665 INCH L X 0 245 00 55 PIN SPRING 0 375 L X 0 101 OD STL FRAME LATCH FRAME LATCH STEM LATCH 1 110 X 0 185 WHITE PLSTC BODY LATCH 1 0 X 1 0 X 0 54 BLACK PLS PIN ACTUATOR POWER SWITCH ATTACHING PARTS p 55594954 SSCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 250 PNH STL CD PL 1 ATTACHING PARTS DOOR ACCESS FRONT COVER PARTS p tten SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 25 100 DEG FLH STL NUT PL ASSEM 4 40 X 0 25 57 END ATTACHING HINGE BUTT 1 5 X 1 0 888 SSCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 500 FLH STL ENG ATTACHING PARTS SUPPORT HINGE ACCESS DOOR STRIKE CATCH ACCESS DOOR cane ch ko PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 500 FLH STL dS END ATTACHING PARTS COVER TDR UNIT FRONT BATTERY SET THUMBSCREW 8 32 X 0 656 INCH LONG SST WASHER FLAT 0 129 10 X 0 031 THK TEFLON MARKER IDENT MARKED CAUTION MARKER IDENT MKD 110 MARKER IDENT MARKED 230V CAB TDR UNIT COV HDL LATCH teze ATTACHING PARTS SCREW MACHINE 10 32 X 0 375 INCH HEX HD S ATTACHING PARTS NASHER FLAT 0 203 ID X 0 875 OD STL PLATE SECURING HANDLE STEEL Mfr Code 80009 80009 80009 83385 80009 80009 O00BK 22599 80009 80009 22599 83553 79136 80009 22599 80009 0008 8
166. Calibration Procedure with the following parts q through s q Connect the voltmeter between TP4243 and TP4251 see Output Amp High Voltage Component pull out page for test point locations CHECK For voltmeter reading of 60 mV 25 mV s ADJUST R4222 INTENSITY LIMIT for a voitmeter reading that is inside the range of 55 mV to 65 mV The adjustment is located on the HIGH VOLTAGE board and adjusted through the hole in the POWER SUPPLY board see Fig 4 1 Check for optimum trace brightness without blooming 12 DISTANCE CAL a Set the FEET DIV switch to five feet multiplier to X10 Select 1 us markers b Withthe ZERO REF SET position the display sothat the leading edge of onetime marker is onthe first graticule line and the corresponding point of the next time marker is on the last graticule line 10 div Use the following table to check the DISTANCE CAL switches Switch Setting Div Between Left Right Markers 0 4 to 3 6 9 En 10 9 09 9 9 9 08 9 8 9 07 9 7 9 06 9 6 9 05 9 5 9 04 9 4 9 03 93 9 02 9 2 9 03 9 1 9 00 9 0 8 9 0 Yi 8 0 1 7 0 5 1 6 0 4 3 50 3 2 4 0 2 3 0 Section 7 1503 REPLACEABLE ELECTRICAL PARTS PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix Inc Field Office or representative Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved components as they become
167. D SAMPLER COMPARATORS RAMP GENERATORS mom HORIZ beu CRT CIRCUIT X Y OUTPUT MODULE CONTROL ARS CHAR Circuit Operation The 1503 uses pulse techniques to check cable ditions The Pulser circuits transmit the pulses down the cable under test The Sampler circuits sample the reflec tions and provide the vertical signal for display on the crt Sequential equivalent time samplingis usedto develop a display Tworamps generated afastramp and a stow ramp The fast ramp is compared to the slow ramp or a fixed reference to generate trigger puises for the Sampler and the Pulser Generator respectively These com parisons are made by the Pulser and Sampler Com parators e CABLE 165 POWER 400 SUPPLY SAMPLER 5 _ ULATORS 5 25 i8v 8V VERTICAL AMPLIFIERS VERTER BATTERY TO CHART PACK RECORDER BATTERY CHARGER AC LINE 1792 15 Fig 3 1 Simplified Block diagram Theory of Operation 1503 A short time after the Pulser Generator transmits the test pulse into the cable under test depending on the amplitude of the slow and fast ramps a sampling trigger from the Sampler Comparator causes the Sampler to sampie and hoid the voltage level appearing at the input connector at that time This voltage sample is amplified and sent to the crt
168. Deflection Deflection From deflection reference linear scale on gratiucie 0 dB 2 div displayed signal 220 1 div Range 6 to 18 dB Accuracy 390 to 60 dB 7 steps 10 dB increments 0 1 dB Deflection Reference Accuracy Variable 0 to 18 dB Additive to step increments Fully clockwise is 18 dB 2 0 dB Ts Ml F H Specitication 1503 Tabie 1 2 cont al Site lice 5 ft div to 500 ft div 1 m div to 100 m div 7 steps 4 2 5 5 sequence At 5000 ft div 1000 m div FIND the DISTANCE dial is disabied Accuracy 2 Of display screen from 2nd to tenth graticute line Characteristics Pertormance Requirements Suppiemental Information Displayed Noise With proper termination 10 ns pulse and pulse completely off screen EIDEM NE A e M rem rinm Aberrations 30 dB peak to peak Within first three test pulse widths after test pulse 121727 Random 80 dB rms Beyond first three test pulse widths after test pulse ee Low Noise Operation Random p 86 dB rms Three test pulse widths after initial test puise Test Line Conductor Coupling AC coupled Maximum Input 400 V peak maximum frequency of 440 Hz Distance Control Range 0 to 5
169. E amp 1 91 q 9 18919 1912 ay i 3 PENS 2 enu i 889850 969152 51110 BOLVESNSO 1 ai 8 91 99911 3800415 0 4 ESV 2611832 ves 29112 9S 4 E 7 iz P I AG i 49 18 189141 41153233 ssunonv 935708 F dv 55314 37 XS SIS Wu ce i 12 Fuoivavewoo 3 1 Loo x 5 ERE 7 4 Too S e LC ve BSNS 218v ei 751 4 eon gt 222155 195 ts 71 6510 deea a 3 Loe sory 474 J goor tri amp OZ 6 8 41 91 bl DO 62 9981 j E X 824 4 5 E 4 Poe 1 sess a Mate Aser i xl ae e M SR mien na 4 Hs TOT 21 PIANA s 5 Ag gt 2 Std MEE NC 1 A ow wee 7 i ge qoe i rs MEHR E E i6 NP EE L3 i AE ME X ope 5 2 Blt fon ee tw amp 2 3 22 B i x emen PUTET o
170. ECTRIC CO TUSONIX INC CENTRALAB INC SUB NORTH AMERICAN PHILIPS CORP BUSSMAN MFG DIVISION OF MCGRAW EDISON CO CENTRALAB ELECTRONICS DIV OF GLOBE UNION INC ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS INC BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS INC HELIPOT DIV TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS IRC FIXED RESISTORS PHILADELPHIA DIVISION LITTELFUSE INC STACKPOLE CARBON CO TEKTRONIX INC GRAYHILL INC TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS TRW CAPACITORS MALLORY CAPACITOR CO DIV OF P R MALLORY AND CO INC DALE ELECTRONICS INC SAN FERNANDO ELECTRIC MFG CO Address BOX 14 HANEDA AIRPORT BOX 128 1201 2ND STREET SOUTH 5012 13500 CENTRAL EXPRESSWAY ROUTE 202 ELECTRONICS PARK 60 5 JEFFERSON ROAD BOX 867 19TH AVE SOUTH 5005 E MCDOWELL RD PO BOX 20923 464 ELLIS STREET 103 MORSE STREET LOWER WASHINGTON STREET 980 PLEASANT STREET 652 MITCHELL RD 2830 E FAIRVIEW ST 1710 5 DEL MAR AVE P O BOX 600 600 W JOHN ST P O BOX 168 500 BROADWAY 2201 LAURELWOOD DRIVE 811 E ARQUES 900 FOLLIN LANE SE 316 S SERVICE RD HUNTINGTON STA 550 HiGH STREET 2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR 1501 PAGE MILL RD 1200 COLUMBIA AVE BOX 3790 611 EAST CERRITOS AVE 640 PAGE MILL ROAD 2820 E COLLEGE AVENUE 87 MARSHALL ST 2155 FORBES BLVD 7158 MERCHANT AVE 2536 W UNIVERSITY ST BOX 858 644 W 12TH ST 2500 HARBOR BLVD 401 N BROAD ST 800 E NORTHWEST HWY P O BOX 500 561 HILLGROVE AVE
171. EL 2 U1503 SIGNAL LEVEL 3 a Second Sampling Gate timing GATE Q1594 PIN 3 91503 e VARIES WITH SETTING OF DIELECTRIC amp X10 X100 30 usec 7 2 milliseconds SAMPLED SIGNAL b Second Sampling timing 1865 15 Fig 3 4 Sampling Circuit timing Retrace Signai Amplifier The retrace signal amplifier uses an input FET Q2258 to drive amplifier Q2259 The output voltage is 5 V during retrace and 5 V during the scan cycle The output is used for Chart Recorder Logic and Record Logic 9 Current Sources The positive and negative currents for the retrace sweep are generated by applying 5 V and 5 V to the high value resistors R2251 R2353 respec tively 3 7 Theory of 1503 RECORD 5 t 1 1 PART HORIZ NOISE FILTER CONTROL b COMPARATOR BI LEVEL RETRACE AMPLIFIER TP2161 1865 16 Fig 3 5 Functional biock diagram of the Slow Ramp Generator Recorder Logic The X Y Recorder Logic consists of multivibrator U2332B and U2332D gates U2332A and U2332C and multiplex switches U3223A and U32238 on diagram 4 During the normal mode of 1503 operation the output of the multivibrator PEN LIFT TP2157 yellow isiow and 2248 is not conducting Pin 10 of U2332C is low and Q2249 is not conducting By pressing RECORD switch 504818 the RECORD line goes h
172. ENSITY function has been removed and factory set the FOCUS control has been relocated A change in the High Voltage Board has been made accordingly See Fig Option 1 3 3 RET LOSS dB has been renamed SENSITIVITY 88 4 IMPLS WIDTH has been redefined as TEST PULSE and the pushbuttons have been marked SHORT MED and LONG instead of 10 100 1000 Front Panei Controls 1 CABLE Precision bnc connector used to transmit theimpuise signal test cable and receive the reflected signal 2 Impedance selectors Two push buttons used to select the 1503 output impedance 50 0 pushed in selects 500 im pedance 75 pushed in selects 75 Q impedance Both pushed in 6 2 10 11 FOCUS POSITION FINE 2 ZERO REF SET SENSITIVITY dB POWER 0 dB SET NOISE FILTER BATTERY DISTANCE selects 125 0 impedance Both out select 93 impedance Controls sharpness of crt display Vertical position controis for crt display Push button to check horizontal reference location of test impulse signal on crt Horizontal pulse position control for crt display Sets test signal edge to a vertical reference line on the crt when the DISTANCE dial is at 000 or ZERO REF CHECK but ton is pushed Selects dB reference level of the reflected signal 0 60 dB in seven calibrated steps FINE adds 0 18 dB Push pull off on switch Does not affect battery charging circ
173. FF1816C10002C 4735 MFF1816C10002C MFF1816C10002C CB1045 CB1045 CB1045 CB5665 CB1055 CB1045 CB1055 CB1055 4735 CB1045 CB4725 CB1045 CB5615 1305 156 0525 03 156 0525 03 MC14024BCLD 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 156 0350 00 156 0350 02 MICROA741CP UA741CJG 156 0524 02 7 15 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Ckt No AG 6147 C6219 C5224 C6226 C6228 C6233 C6243 C6246 C6323 C6326 6329 6336 C634 t C6342 6415 C6416 C6426 6429 C6443 C6444 C6447 C6451 06455 6515 C6825 C6527 C6529 C6551 CR6139 240121 CR6234 6247 CHR6346 CH6347 6414 CH6438 CR6439 CR6441 6442 CR6446 CR6448 CR6452 CRE534 CR6536 CR6537 CR6546 CR6551 F6112 F6113 F6122 F6123 L6344 6423 L6428 Tektronix Part No 283 017 7 00 290 04 14 00 283 01 77 00 283 0177 00 290 01 14 00 290 052 7 00 290 0559 00 290 0137 00 290 0425 00 290 0425 00 290 0425 00 290 0425 00 290 0137 00 283 0142 00 290 0701 00 290 0134 00 290 0701 00 290 0425 00 290 0701 00 283 0107 00 283 0111 00 283 0047 00 283 0115 00 283 0000 00 290 0425 00 290 0164 00 290 0658 00 283 0077 00 152 0400 00 152 0488 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0400 00 152 0141 02 152 0400 00 152 0400 00 152 0400 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0400 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0400 00 152 0586 00 152 0586 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 159 0128 00 159 0128 00 159 0128 0
174. FORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE Calibration Interval To ensure accuracy check the calibration of the 1503 every 1000 hours of operation or every six months if used infrequently Before complete calibration thoroughly clean and inspect this instrument Tektronix Field Services Tektronix inc provides complete instrument repair and recalibration at local Field Service Centers and Factory Service Centers Contact your local Tektronix Field Office or representative for further information Using this Procedure Performance Check The performance check of this instrument can be made by performing all steps of the performance check The 1503 can be checked for basic operation by using a cable of known length impedance and dielectric but an accurate check requires removing the case and using the performance check Whenever the case is removed it must be resealed using the procedure listed at the end of the Calibration Procedure to maintain watertight integrity Partial Calibration A partial calibration step is often desirable after replacing components To prevent un necessary recalibration of other steps be surethe instru ment settings are correct by referring to previous steps Complete Calibration Completion of each step in this procedure ensures that this instrument is correctly ad justed and performing within all given toterances amp NOTE When other equipment is substituted control set tings or calibration set up
175. G SHAFT NO 3144 SEALANT 1792 70 Fig 5 17 Application of sealant to FOCUS and INTENSITY controls 18 install FINE POSITION control see Fig 5 18 and 5 19 a RESISTOR VARIABLE MPL Item 2 32 The part number for this variable resistor is listed in the Electrical Parts list b Procedure 1 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the bushing threads as shown in Fig 5 18 2 install nut on bushing as shown in Fig 5 19 3 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant at the interface of the nut and bushing as shown in Fig 5 19 4 Use washer and nut supplied and install the controi in the Front Panel NO 3144 SEALANT Fig 5 18 Application of sealant to FINE control bushing NUT NO 3144 SEALANT 250 015 1792 72 Fig 5 19 Application of sealant to FINE control nut Maintenance 1503 19 Install the DISTANCE METER in the Front Panel see Fig 5 20 a RESISTOR VARIABLE MPL item 2 46 This variable resistor is listed in the Electrical Parts list as the Distance Meter b Procedure 1 Insert the resistor assembly in the Front Panel 2 Form a bead of 3144 sealant at the interface of the resistor assembly and the Front Panel The bead should include the threads and anti rotation lug 3 Use the flat washer lock washer and nut to secure the resistor assembly to the Front Panel LOCK WASHER 3144 VA VA FLAT WASHER RESISTOR ASSEMBLY 179
176. HF107MO020P1G TTX47100161E1A3P R3017 273C11 i 20DH73L271J 805 519 C0G0470J 831610Y5U0102P THF107M020P1G 500D105F150BA7 600D405F200KD4 831 5008331 152 0400 00 SDA317 1N4152R 1N4152R 152 0400 00 1N4152R 152 0400 00 152 0400 00 152 0400 00 1341528 1N4152R 152 0400 00 1N4152R 1 41528 152 0400 00 RGP10J 011 RGP10J 01 1 1N4152R 1N4152R 273002 273002 273002 273002 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 REV JUN 1983 6532 5538 26143 6155 26227 6241 06244 06331 06349 06357 26427 06435 06445 06458 16547 06548 06549 06552 06557 86131 86132 86133 6134 86135 86147 6148 R6149 R6214 R6215 86222 R6222 H6223 86223 6223 86225 H6231 R6235 86254 R6346 R6346 86356 86356 86358 86413 86413 86424 86426 25444 86445 86447 86449 86451 86453 86454 86455 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 151 0508 00 151 0506 00 151 0302 00 151 0188 00 151 0188 00 151 0302 00 151 0390 00 151 0302 00 151 0301 00 151 0352 00 151 0424 00 151 0424 00 151 0302 00 151 0301 00 151 0301 00 151 0302 00 151 0302 00 308 0463 00 315 0102 00 315 0362 00 315 0272 00 315 0154 00 315 0272 00 315 0101 00 315 0361 00 321 0289 00 321 0260 00 315 0821 00 315 0181 00 315 0202 00 315 0821 00 315 0431 00 321 0289 00 321 0289 00 315 0391 00 304 0391 00 315 0101 00 315 0471 00 315 0753 00 315 0563 00 311 1268 00
177. HIGH VOLTAGE CIRCUITS 1503 Opt 1 Hangal 05 070 1865 01 Change 44004 IE Mni dim s drin Andr MI p s gt pd m ames a MANUALS CHANGE INFORMATION Nate 12 14 83 Product 1503 TDR Service Product Group 22 Manual Part Number 070 1865 01 Change Reference IMCR120883 Text changes ri rar i NP ere gt Herrn e DESCRIPTION ert mare JH SS SSE SS SS SSS tsetse Pages 4 12 amp 4 12 Section Headed OUTPUT MODULE Should read as follows Connect the 500 terminator to the 1503 CABLE connrector Control Settings RET LOSS 0 dB NOISE FILTER Out 0 48 SET div pulse DISTANCE Dial 000 FEET DIV 53 METERS DIV 1 Multiplier X10 X1 CABLE DIELECTRIC SOLID POLY IMPLS WIDTH 10 MANUALS CHANGE INFORMATION 8 3 83 LA ymm napun arm ps DESCRIPTION HERB
178. HOLES 65 65 13 DIV OF FIVE 0 5 CM DIV SEGMENTS Frere cee pets piod PIN G START BUTTON 53 2 STYLUS STYLUS DRIVE POWER PIN J PIN D P53 3 PIN H CORRECTION SIGNAL P53 6 1865 19 Fig 3 7 Chart Recorder logic 3 12 turns the stylus heat off This signal brings the flip flop back to its original state where pin 1 is low The 0 output also controls the chart pen motor power switch as well as providing the J input to flip flop 51278 U51278 controls the start of the Slow Ramp Generator and controis the horizontal correction signal disable network Q5112 and the power switch to the chart pen drive The Siow Ramp Generator starts when Q2 of the Counter goes high The output of US127A enables 151278 to be clocked by Q2 When clocked the pin 15 output of U5127B raises the HORIZ CONTROL line while the pin 14 output enables the horizontal correction circuit by means of Q5112 The Q output of U5127A enables the heat and pen drive power when high 05237 05229 act as a dc ievel shift amplifier between flip fiop U5127B and the Slow Ramp Generator which is on the Vertical board Q5226 senses when the chart recorder is plugged in Chart Recorder Power Switch The plusor minus8 Vto drive the stylus movement is applied to the Strip Chart Recorder through two electronic switches Q5273 and Q5277 Q5179 parallels Q5273 to provide more current in the 8 V line These
179. IABLE RESISTOR VARIABLE RESISTOR TOGGLE SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 222 792 62 Fig 5 8 Front Panel identification of parts for assembly steps 8 through 26 Maintenance 1503 G 661 LUBRICANT 1792 63 Fig 5 9 Detail of Plug in Compartment seal 3144 SEALANT CONNECTOR WASHER 792 64 Fig 5 10 Detail of BNC Connector and Washer b WASHER FLAT SPONGE MPL item 2 94 Procedure 1 Clean mating surfaces of BNC Connector and Washer with acetone Allow to dry 2 Apply No 1204 Primer to mating surface of BNC connector Allow 2 hour curing time 3 Coat mating surface of washer with No 3144 sealant 4 Assemble washer BNC connector 5 10 11 Instal pushbuttons and their shaft assemblies see Fig 5 11 a PUSHBUTTONS MPL 2 7 MPL Item 2 8 MPL item 2 9 MPL Item 2 10 MPL item 2 11 MPL item 2 12 MPL Item 2 13 and MPL 2 14 b EXTENSION SHAFT MPL item 2 97 8 ea c Procedure 1 Clean the mating surfaces of each shaft with isopropyl alcohol 2 Insert the shafts into the pushbutton seals See Fig 5 11 3 Apply bead of 3144 sealantto each shaft seal interface 4 install pushbuttons in their respective locations NO 3144 SEALANT Fig 5 11 Detail of Pushbuttons and their Shafts 12 Attach Subpanel to the three Frame Sections see Fig 5 12 a FRAME SECTIONS Left MPL item 3 115 Center MPL item 3 1
180. ISTOR VAR 0151 80151 REPL estasssasteis ATTACHING NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS WASHER FLAT 0 25 10 X 0 375 INCH OD STL NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 375 INCH AL Ure END ATTACHING PARTSy 77777 RESISTOR VAR SEE R0251A R0251B REPL ATTACHING PARTS NUT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS WASHER 0 25 10 X 0 375 INCH OD STL END ATTACHING 5 RESISTOR R0263 REPL TERMINAL LUG 0 25 INCH DIA SE POST ELEC MECH 0 635 INCH LONG HEX eee ATTACHING PARTS Oe BSHG MACH THD 0 25 X 32 X 0 352 INCH LONG TERN AER EY ATTACHING 5 COVER INS HV MOLDE BLACK Mir Code 80009 000C Y 80009 0008 80009 80009 000 80009 000C Y 80009 000C Y 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 80008 80009 80009 80009 80009 78189 80009 80008 97539 06090 93410 75915 80009 80009 86928 73743 79807 80009 73743 79807 86928 80009 80009 80009 Mir Part Number 366 0494 00 366 1319 02 366 1059 00 366 1 344 00 366 1031 00 OBD 366 1408 00 366 1620 11 366 1620 09 366 1620 02 366 1620 03 366 1620 04 366 1620 05 366 1620 06 366 1620 07 426 0681 00 366 1269 00 366 1269 05 384 1159 01 358 0216 00 1214 05 00 0541 129 0290 00 358 0342 00 N5040 1004040 FL25090 345603 220 0859 00 210 1246 00 5712 113 90 2 2
181. K OHM 595 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 4 02K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 1250 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 50K OHM 20 0 50W RES FXD FILM 4 02K 1 0 125 RES FXD FILM 2K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 200K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 220K 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 23 7K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 12 1K OHM 195 0 125W VAR NONWIR 50K 20 0 50 25 OHM 20 0 50W RES EXD FILM 23 7K OHM 195 0 125W RES FXD FILM 12 1K OHM 1 0 125 RES VAR NONWIR 25K 20 0 50 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 59660 59660 59660 59660 56289 56289 07263 07263 01295 07263 07263 01295 01295 07263 01295 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 91637 01121 91637 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 01121 01121 91637 01121 91637 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 73138 91637 91637 01121 01121 91637 91637 73138 73138 91637 91637 73138 Mfr Part Number 835 515 25D0102K 801547B821J 8015478821J 805534Y5DO152J 196D105X0035HA 1 1960105 0035 1 5040065 5040065 56602622 5040065 5040065 5002622 5 2622 5040065 5202622 MFF1816G80600F MFF1816G40200F MFF1816G40200F MFF1816G20000F MFF1816G40200F MFF1816G20000F MFF1816G15001F MFF1816G75000F CB4745 MFF1816G23202F CB4745 MFF1816G23202F CB2035 CB1235 1 1
182. N 47K 5 0 25 RES VAR NONWIR 5K 10 0 50 ASSY 1 PUSH 10MM 2 CONTACTS NOT USED IN OPTION 1 SWITCH PB ASSY 1 PUSH 10MM 1 CONTACT NOT USED IN OPTION 1 SWITCH PB ASSY 1 PUSH 7 5MM W 2 CONTACTS SWITCH PB ASSY 1 PUSH 10 MM CONTACTS XFMR TOROID MICROCIRCUIT LEDUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEDUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT LEOPNL AMPL HIGH IMPEDANCE MICROCIRCUIT DI QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT DE QUAD 2 INPUT NOR GATE MICROCIRCUIT LI DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER MICROCIRCUIT Li DUAL OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER AMPL FET INPUT MICROCIRCUIT LI OPER AMPL JFET BURN IN SEMICOND DEVICE ZENER 3W 9 1V 5 Mfr Code 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 01121 32997 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 18324 01295 02735 27014 27014 18324 01295 27014 27014 12969 Mfr Part Number 1025 CB1035 2235 C84725 CB2715 CB1025 CB1045 085135 CB2235 CB2235 CB5115 CB1025 CB1025 CB5665 BB2705 882705 MFF1816G49R90F CB4735 3329 158 502 263 0011 08 263 0011 07 263 0010 00 263 0011 00 120 0544 00 MC1458N 149932048 1305 CD4001CJ CD4001CJ MC1458N N99320JG LHO042CH GLEA134 A UZ1364 REV JUN 1983 TI Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Tektronix No Mfr Ckt No Part No Eff Dscont Name amp Desc
183. O 511G TDC685MOO6NLF 805 519 C0GO0470J 2DDH73L271J 855 535U2J101J 8111B061C0G220J 2DDH73L271J 20DH73L271J 196D685X0035KA 1 TDC686MOOGNLF TOC586MOOGNLF DU490B103J 20006681042 805 5198 C0G0470J 831610Y5U0102P TDC686MOO6NLF TDC686MOOGSNLF 196D685X0035KA1 TOC226M035Wi G TDC686MOO6NLF 805 519 C0G0470J 805 519 0060470 083108525 00471 R3017 TDR43BY 100DP 831 518 2500181 TDC686MO0O06NLF TDC686MOOSNLF 6508181 504 8131M05825U0474M UC35050Z5U105MPS 1960685 0035 1 200 100 0 5110 805534 500152 7150 O50NP0180J 83017 831 500S2L270K 1 541528 1441528 MV 50 1 41528 5082 2068 5082 2672 510862 1NA4152R 1N4152R 1N4152R 5082 2672 1N4152H 1N4152R G727 1N4152H REV JUN 1983 Ckt No CR1648 CR1654 1659 1673 CR1688 CR1689 CR1696 CR1735 CR1752 CR1755 CR1792 1155 11162 11433 11441 11449 11541 11546 11555 11753 11774 01142 01235 01236 01246 01247 01332 01435 01436 Q1551 Q1556 Q1558 Q1558 21559 01565 91571 01573 01575 01875 01578 01578 _ 01588 01593 01594 01637 01657 01658 01658 01678 01772 01775 1115 81117 81118 R1127 REV JUN 1983 Tektronix Part No 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0457 00 152 0457 00 152 0457 00 152 0107 00 152 0141 02 152 0141 02 152 0457 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0215 00 108 0598 00 108 0833 00 108 0832 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00
184. OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB4735 82157 315 0333 00 8010129 RES FXD CMPSN 33K OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3335 Ee R2158 321 0422 00 E RES FXD FILM 243K OHM 1 0 125W 91637 MFF1816G24302F 82166 315 0185 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1 8M OHM 5 5 0 25W 01121 CB1855 32220 315 0105 00 RES FXD CMPSN 1M OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB1055 82221 321 0766 06 RES FXD FILM 4 053K 0 25 0 125 91637 MFF1816C40530C 82222 321 0770 03 RES FXD FILM 4 204K OHM 0 25 0 125W 91637 MFF1816D42040C R2223 321 0931 03 RES FXD FILM 1 11K OHM 0 25 0 125W 91637 MFF1816D11100C R2224 321 0193 03 RES 1 OHM 0 25 0 125W 91637 MFF1816D10000C 82225 315 0330 00 RES 33 OHM 5 0 25W 01121 CB3305 R2226 321 0749 06 RES FXD FILM 450 OHM 0 2596 0 125W 91637 MFF1816C450R0C 42227 321 0912 03 RES FXD FILM 408 OHM 0 2526 0 125W 24546 55 4080 R2228 321 0781 06 FXD FILM 400K OHM 0 25 0 125W 91637 MFF1816C40002C REV JUN 1983 u 7 9 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Ckt No R2229 R2233 82235 42236 82237 82242 R2247 R2251 R2258 R2266 82267 82311 R2311 R2321 82322 82323 82324 82325 82326 82337 82345 82346 2347 R2348 R2353 R2354 82355 82361 82363 52254 92131 02131 92136 92136 92143 92332 12332 VR2212 VR2212 VR2212 7 10 Tektronix Part No 321 0289 00 315 0393 00 315 0330 00 315 0104 00 315 0104 00 315 0333 00 315 0105 00 315 0155 00 315 0223 00 315 0105 00 321 0318 00 315 0682 00
185. OVE CA 92642 BROOKLYN NY 11232 CLEVELAND OH 44125 DOVER NH 03820 GAINESVILLE FL 32601 NEW CUMBERLAND PA 17070 VAN NUYS CA 91409 CONCORD MA 01742 GREENWOOD iN 46142 ELIZABETH NJ 07207 BEACON FALLS CT 06403 ST LOUIS MO 63107 SANTA 92702 ELK GROVE VILLAGE IL 60007 NEW BEDFORD MA 02742 CINCINNATI 45206 ATTLEBORO 02703 HARTFORD 06110 WASECA MN 56093 DES PLAINES iL 60016 CRYSTAL LAKE IL 60014 CHICAGO iL 60650 ELGIN IL 60120 YONKERS NY 10704 LONG ISLAND CITY NY 11101 MILWAUKEE WI 53207 BEAVERTON OR 97077 SAN FRANCISCO CA 94080 BROOKLYN NY 11207 BROADVIEW IL 60153 GARDENA 90248 SAN LEANDRO 94579 GLENDALE 91201 STATESVILLE 28677 SAN FRANCISCO 94119 10007 TUCKAHOE NY 10707 MANSFIELD OH 44903 FRANKLIN IN 46131 IRVINGTON NJ 07111 ENGLEWOOD NJ 07631 REV JUN 1983 Fig amp index 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Tektronix Part No 437 0190 01 105 0684 00 105 0684 01 211 0510 00 367 0212 00 367 02 12 04 214 2350 00 214 2357 00 351 0463 00 351 0463 01 214 1721 00 214 2352 00 354 0324 00 384 1385 00 214 2351 00 105 0686 00 214 2349 00 361 0752 00 214 2345 00 214 2351 00 426 1271 00 426 1271 02 214 0787 00 204 0282 00 214 2389 00 211 0008 00 200 1778 00 211 0101 00 210
186. Oscont Name amp Description RES VAR NONWIR 25K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 5 23K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 47K 5 0 25 RES 10K 5 7 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 HES FXD FILM 402 OHM t 0 125W NOT USED IN OPTION 1 VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD FILM 15K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD FILM 6 04K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD FILM 7 5K OHM 0 25 0 125W OPTION 5 ONLY RES FXD FILM 3 01K OHM 0 25 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 27K OHM 5 0 25W RES 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 10K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 33K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES 5 24 OHM 5 0 25W OPTION 5 ONLY RES FXD CMPSN 56K OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FILM 2 26K OHM 129 0 125W 5 2 74 OHM 1 0 125W RES FXO FILM 3 32K OHM 1 0 125W NOT USED IN OPTION 1 RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 RES FXD FILM 1 96 OHM 1 0 125W NOT USED IN OPTION 14 RES FXD FILM 8 06K OHM 1 0 125W NOT USED IN OPTION 4 RES FXD FILM 6 65K OHM 125 0 125 NOT USED IN OPTION 1 RES VAR NONWIR 1M OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 12K OHM 10 0 5W RES FXD CMPSN 3 6K OHM 5 6 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 820 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 5
187. R1783 R1784 H1785 1791 R1793 1796 51156 51156 51252 51252 51624 51525 11686 U1219 U1219 U1503 U1663 U1667 91695 21695 171795 91795 VHR1649 Tektronix Part No 315 0102 00 315 0103 00 315 0223 00 315 0472 00 315 0271 00 315 0102 00 315 0104 00 315 0513 00 315 0223 00 315 0223 00 315 0511 00 315 0102 00 315 0102 00 315 0566 00 317 0270 00 317 0270 00 321 0068 00 315 0473 00 311 1267 00 263 0011 08 PIE m manes 263 0010 00 263 001 1 00 120 0544 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 04 156 0686 00 156 0349 00 156 0349 00 156 0158 00 156 0158 04 156 0335 00 156 1149 01 152 0438 00 Serial Model No Eff 010100 8040710 8010100 8072080 8010100 8072080 8010100 8082959 Dscont 040709 8072079 8072079 8082958 amp Description RES FXD CMPSN 1K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 5 0 25W RES 5 4 7 5 0 25 5 270 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 22K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 22K OHM 575 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 510 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 1K 5 0 25 FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 56M 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 27 OHM 5 8 125W RES FXD CMPSN 27 5 0 125 RES FXD FILM 49 9 OHM 175 0 125W RES FXD CMPS
188. RED MACH MACHINE SKT SOCKET MECH MECHANICAL SL SLIDE MTG MOUNTING SELF LOCKING NIP NIPPLE SLVOG SLEEVING NON WIRE NOT WIRE WOUND SPR SPRING OBD ORDER BY DESCRIPTION 50 SQUARE OUTSIDE DIAMETER SST STAINLESS STEEL OVH OVAL HEAD STL STEEL PH BRZ PHOSPHOR BRONZE SW SWITCH PLAIN or PLATE T TUBE PLSTC PLASTIC TERM TERMINAL PART NUMBER THD THREAD PAN HEAD THK THICK PWA POWER TNSN TENSION RCPT TPG TAPPING RES RESISTOR TRH TRUSS HEAD RGD RIGID VOLTAGE ALS RELIEF VAR VARIABLE RTNH RETAINER WW WITH SCH SOCKET HEAD WSHR WASHER SCOPE OSCILLOSCOPE TRANSFORMER SCR SCREW XSTRH TRANSISTOR Replaceable Mechanical 5 1503 Mfr Code 9000 000 2 090 0 0QOF W 00779 05276 05574 06090 06540 07322 07707 08261 08530 12327 12697 19209 22526 225989 24655 24931 59730 71126 71400 71468 71785 72228 73743 23803 74445 74970 75915 76854 77250 78189 78584 79136 7980 80009 83309 83330 83385 83553 85471 36928 87308 87664 89663 91836 93410 95712 97464 97539 53109 9 2 CROSS CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER Manufacturer SONY TEKTRONIX CORPORATION AIR PROD CORPORATION STAUFFER SUPPLY NORTHWEST FASTENER SALES INC OHARA METAL PRODUCT COMPANY WESTERN SINTERING CO INC AMP INC POMONA ELECTRONICS DIVISION VIKING INDUSTRIES INC RAYCHEM CORPORATION
189. Requirements Test Equipment Required The test equipment or equivalent listed in Table 4 1is required for adjustment of the 1503 Specifications given for the test equipment are the minimum necessary for accurate adjustment All test equipment is assumed to be correctly calibrated and operating within specifications If other test equipment is substituted calibration setup may need to be altered to meet the requirements of the equipment used POWER SUPPLY Control Settings Preset the front panel controls as follows ZERO REF Fully cw POSITION Midrange LOSS dB 0 NOISE FILTER 0 48 SET DISTANCE Dial 000 FEET DIV 5 METRES DIV 1 MULTIPLIER X10 FOCUS and Adjust for clear INTENSITY bright trace CABLE DIELECTRIC SOLID POLY Out FOAM POLY Out VAR Fully cw Place the DM 501 D gital Multimeter in the TM 503 Power Module Plug in the TM 503 to an ac power source and pull the PWR switch on Set the DM 501 RANGE FUNCTION control to 200 DC VOLTS Connect the test leads to the Hi and LO INPUT terminais 1 Voltage Measurements a Connect the lead from the DM 501 LO terminal to TP6332 black test point onthe 1503 Power Supply board b Connect the lead from the DM 501 HI terminal to TP6256 Fig 4 1 red test point c ADJUST R6358 HV ADJ so the voltmeter reads 25 V 0 25 V d Move the HI test lead to TP6411 violet test point e Change the DM 501 RANGE FUNCTION switch to 20 V dc
190. S FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 390 OHM 10 1 W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 470 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 75K 5 0 25 5 5 56 OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 10K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD FILM 45 3K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD FILM 28K OHM 1 0 125W RES FXD CMPSN 10K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 2 7 OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 596 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 6 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 51K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 43K OHM 5 0 25W RES FXD CMPSN 47K 5 0 25 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mer Code 80009 80009 93508 03508 07263 04713 04713 07263 04713 07263 27014 03508 04713 04713 07263 27014 27014 07263 07263 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 32997 91637 91637 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 01121 Mir Part Number 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 137520 C10682X283 5038487 5 56868 SPS6868K 5038487 SPS3414 5038487 2 2907 X44C282 SPS8246 SPS8246 5038487 2 2907 2N2907A 5038487 5038487 RS2B KR3000F CB1025 CB3625 CB2725 CB1545 CB2725 CB1015 CB3615 MFF1816G10001F MFF1816G49900F CB8215 CB1815 CB2025 CB8215 CB4315
191. T is located on the OUTPUT AMPS board so that the trace aligns with the crt horizontal center graticule fine 4 Trace Geometry a Move with the POSITION controilssothatit is located three divisions the horizontal center line b CHECK That the trace aligns with the graticule line has no bow c Move thetrace with the POSITION controls sothatit is located three divisions above the horizontal center line d CHECK That the trace aligns with the graticule line has no bow e ADJUST R3248 GEO is located on the OUTPUT AMPS board for the least possible bow in the two positions three divisions above and three divisions below the horizontal center line 4 Recheck the trace rotation and focus VERTICAL Control Settings HET LOSS 0 dB NOISE FILTER Out Clockwise DISTANCE Dial 000 FEET DIV 5 METRES DIV 1 Multiplier X10 X1 CABLE DIELECTRIC Both out VAR Clockwise 5 Vertical Attenuation Check a Disconnect P21 from Vert Amp Slow Ramp board b Connect the sine wave output through the 2701 attenuator from the FG 503 to P21 on the VERT AMP board it may be necessary to ground the chassis of the 1508 to the FG 503 c Set the FG 503 to a 200 Hz sine wave d Setthe 1503 RET LOSS 100 dB setthe0 8 SET fully cw Set the 2701 to 0 and set the FG 503 VAR ATTEN for a six division display av CHECK The crt shouid dispiay a sine wave for each of the
192. TACHING PARTS p SW X 1 X1 NUT PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS SW CENTER CONTACT ELEC GROUNDING SPRING FLAT 0 885 X 0 156 CU GLD CLR ROLLER DETENT 0 125 DIA X 0 125 55 PLAIN HEX 4 40 X 0 188 INCH BRS SW CENTER ATTACHING 5 0 395 ID X 0 025 gout gt END ATTACHING PARTS Sn ACTUATOR SWITCH CAM SWITCH BOARD ASSY MAINISEE EPL SHIELD ELEC PULSER SAMPLER REAR SHIELD ELEC PULSER SAMPLER 83385 12327 12697 73743 78189 80009 87308 78189 80009 80009 0008 000 2 80009 80009 73743 80009 80009 80008 73743 80009 97464 80009 83385 12327 80009 80099 73743 80009 97464 80009 73743 80009 000EX 80009 80009 73743 80009 97464 80008 80008 80009 Mfr Part Number OBD OBD 382 CM40952 2X203 17 402 1214 05 00 0541 386 1792 00 1202 00 00 0541 129 0586 00 376 0029 01 2 008 674 7 105 0683 00 384 0313 00 12161 59 401 0113 01 OBD 214 1139 02 214 1127 00 12181 50 401 0081 02 3100 43 CD 105 0687 00 OBD OBD 214 1 139 00 214 1127 00 12161 50 401 0081 02 3100 43 CD 105 0648 00 12161 50 401 0115 00 OBD 214 1139 00 214 1127 00 12161 50 401 0115 00 3100 43 CD 105 0659 00 337 2135 00 337 2157 00 REV JUN 1983 Fig amp
193. TAINING TYPE EXT U O 0 188 ID SFT juve END ATTACHING PARTS Mir Cade 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 83385 80009 79136 Mfr Part Number PROTA ALLELE HATH nl TP E Ic mmm eme a 107 0035 00 367 0204 01 334 2468 00 437 0188 00 348 0419 00 OBD 213 0451 00 5133 18 REV JUN 1983 Fig amp Index 2 1 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 Tektronix Part No 366 0494 00 213 0153 00 366 1319 02 213 0075 00 366 1059 00 366 1334 00 213 0153 00 366 1031 00 213 0153 00 365 1408 00 213 0153 00 366 1620 11 366 1520 09 366 1620 02 366 1620 03 366 1620 04 366 1620 05 366 1620 06 366 1620 07 426 0681 00 366 1269 00 366 1269 05 384 1159 01 358 02 16 00 210 0046 00 129 0290 00 358 0342 00 200 1744 00 152 0593 00 162 0031 00 352 0362 00 220 0859 00 210 1246 00 210 1242 00 nae 210 0583 00 210 0940 00 220 0484 00 aom nh anm oom 210 0583 00 210 0940 00 sewer hn 210 0223 00 129 0290 00 358 0342 00 200 1341 00 REY JUN 1983 Serial Model No 010100 8040000 8010100 051372 8040839 8010100 8080000 Dscont B039999 B051371 B079999 Qty NO o 1 o A 2
194. TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR GERMANIUM PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN SEL FROM MPS918 TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR GERMANIUM PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP SEL FROM 2N5583 TRANSISTOR SILICON JFE N CHANNEL TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON PNP TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN TRANSISTOR SILICON NPN RES FXD FILM 602 0 1 0 125 RES FXD FILM 60 2K OHM 0 1 0 125W RES FXO FILM 30K OHM 0 2596 0 125W RES FXD FILM 576 1 0 125 Replaceable Electrical Parts 1503 Mfr Code 01295 01295 01295 01295 28480 28480 28480 12969 01295 01295 28480 80009 80009 80009 80008 80009 80009 80009 80009 80009 78488 07263 27014 07263 17856 04713 04713 04713 27014 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 04713 27014 04713 04713 07263 04713 04713 07263 07263 17856 80009 17856 04713 07263 04713 07263 04713 91637 91637 91637 91637 Mfr Part Number 1 4152 1 441528 1441528 1441528 2082 2068 5082 2068 5082 2068 G727 1441528 1441528 5082 2068 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 108 0215 00 108 0598 00 108 0833 00 108 0832 00 108 0598 00 108 0598 00 57 0126 5038487 2N2907A 5038487
195. UT PLAIN HEX 0 25 32 X 0 312 INCH BRS WASHER FLAT 0 25 ID X 6 375 INCH OD STL din END ATTACHING PARTS PACKING PREFMD 0 65 ID X 0 74 OD RESISTOR VAR SEE 80271 REPL W HARDWARE WASHER FLAT 0 375 iD X 0 75 INCH OD STL WASHER FLAT 0 500 10 X 0 625 INCH 00 51 PANEL FRONT PANEL FRONT W PLUG IN SEAL OPTION 8 ONLY PANEL FRONT OPTION 5 ONLY PANEL FRONT OPTION 1 AND 5 ONLY SEAL INDICATOR BATTERY LEVEL SEAL INDICATOR BATTERY LEVEL PART OF FRONT PANEL ASSY WASHER FLAT 0 375 ID X 0 562 OD STL SEAL PB 5 BUTTON SEAL PB 1 BUTTON SEAL PB 2 BUTTON SEAL SWITCH POWER METER ELEC FREQ SEE M0171 REPL HOLDER INDICATR BATTERY LEVEL PLASTIC SEAL RBR STRIP 0 94 X 28 0 INCH LONG SCREW ADJUSTING 1 188 INCH LONG NUT PLAIN HEX 0 312 32 X 0 013 THK BRS POST ELEC MECH 1 598 L W 6 32 THD AL arias Brats ATTACHING SCREW MACHINE 10 32 X 0 375 INCH PNH STL WASHER LOCK EXT 0 1931D X 0 407 OD STL etr HII END ATTACHING PARTS POST RETAINER 0 892 INCH LONG X 0 375 HEX PARTS SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0 438 PNH STL POZ WASHER LOCK EXT 0 123 ID X 0 245 OD ST etm END ATTACHING PARTS SUPPORT CRT REAR Ip ATTACHING PARTS PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL WSHR 4 40 X 0 312 PL Dern ATTACHING PARTS SUPPORT CRT SH REAR iren ATTACHING PARTS NUT PL ASSEM WA 4 40 X 0 25 STL SCREW MACHINE 4 40 X 0
196. W BLOW OPTION 6 ONLY FUSE CARTRIDGE BUSSMAN ONLY OPTION 6 ONLY DEFL TRACE ROTATOR METER BTRY LVL 0 350UA 15 0 50 DIA SCALE LEVEL 1MA 345 5 0 5 DIA RES VAR NONWIR 500 20 1 FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH SO151 500 OHM 5 FURNISHED AS UNIT WITH 50151 RES FXD CMPSN 1K OHM 5 0 25W RES VAR NONWIR 2 X 50K OHM 10 0 50W RES FXD CMPSN 47K 5 0 25 RES FXD CMPSN 100K OHM 5 0 25W VAR NONWIR 50K OHM 10 0 50W RES VAR WW 5K OHM 5 1 5W OPTION 5 ONLY RES VAR WW PNL 5K OHM 5 1 5W W KNOB OPTION 5 ONLY RES VAR WW PNL 5K OHM 596 1 5W RES VAR WW PNL 5K OHM 596 1 5W W KNOB RES FXD CMPSN 47K OHM 5 0 25W VAR NONWIR 5M OHM 0 50W RES NONWIR PNL 5M OHM 20 0 50W RES VAR NONWIR 5M OHM 0 50W USED IN OPTION 1 RES VAR NONWIR PNL 5M OHM 20 0 25W NOT USED IN OPTION 1 VAR NONWIR 1K OHM 1095 0 50W NOT USED IN OPTION 7 RES VAR NONWIR 15K OHM 10 0 50W RE S VAR NONWIR 500 OHM 2095 1W FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH R9151 RES VAR WW PNL 500 5 1 W SW FURNISHED AS A UNIT WITH 80151 SWITCH TOGGLE DPDT 5A 125 VAC 0 25 40 THD SWITCH TOGGLE DPDT 0 4VA AND 20V SW AS FEET DIV SWITCH PB ASSY 3 LATCHING 100MM W DETENT SWITCH ROTARY DISTANCE CAL 8 POSITION OPTION 1 ONLY Mfr Code 80009 59660 59660 80009 71400 714
197. ag M00 2 PSD 091 wi 96107 VELIS S ee SUSU 71253 AS lt gt KOO 611 lt Ltd lt OL it ZINOH amp Sd i Or ds 15153 399150 AS 991590 060027 7155 4 lcu YOWLNOD WOLOW was 895150 691441 pr 83050239 05153 9 00 T XHOMAISN dier 19150 pere 222 24 awinozison viS 0 001 PEIG pP 99 QUOD3H 841 e 11652 98 174 lt 89 53 91 9 wo11539 02 WEI X00 lt lt 4 51541 TUSH 5 AG HOOT TUO 916 e Ase oe 10 tts 142 299150 899160 999150 19144 65152 wt C 91S HOP DH v9291sn 9157 _ _ 9 410843 10842 et 2042 Aleka eo 1 96150 Horat 95151 a7sign 1413 Nd 21901 21997 5435 35104 G i 09 gey OS 114 vod 24 114 9610 Lis ud amp wi sorcENSIS2a EN gt
198. are not to damage pushbutton seals 5 15 Maintenance 1503 3 Do not install Main Circuit Board holding screws at this point 24 Install cam switch inserts see Fig 5 28 INSERT SHAFT SEAL 2 MPL item 2 100 PACKING O ring 2 ea MPL Item 2 101 Procedure 1 Apply G 661 lubricant to O ring and install as shown in Fig 5 28 2 Form a bead of No 3144 sealant around the fillet area of the insert 3 Install the two inserts in the Front Panel Tighten until snug then back off 2 to 3 Remove any excess sealant 25 Finish installation procedure for Main Circuit Board Assembly a Procedure 1 Install washer and nut on BNC connector Tighten nut to a torque reading of 20 3 inch pounds 2 Install Main Circuit Board holding screws 3144 SEALANT Fig 5 28 Lubrication of the O rings and sealing for the cam switches 5 16 26 Install Power Switch Shaft into Front Panel see Fig 5 29 EXTENSION SHAFT MPL 2 17 b BUSHING MPL 2 18 Procedure 1 Insert the bushing into the Power Switch Sea that was previously installed in the Front Panel 2 Apply G 661 lubricant to the detent area of the Power Switch Shaft 3 Install as shown in Fig 5 29 FRONT PANEL SNS gt ms G 661 LUBRICANT 2 SUBPANEL Fig 5 29 installation of the POWER switch 27 installation of the POSITION knob andthe FINE
199. ation contained in other sections of this manual should be used along with the following information to aid in locating defective components An understanding of the circuit operation is helpful in locating troubles See the Circuit Description section for information Troubleshooting Aids Diagrams Circuit diagrams and corresponding circuit boards are located on foldout pages at the rear of tne manual Section 7 contains the Electrical Parts List From these schematics and parts lists the component number location electrical characteristics and Tektronix Inc part number can be cross referenced The components that are located on the front panel are shown on the circuit diagrams with their front panel titles enclosed in a block Additional aids for troubleshooting can be found in the Calibration section of this manual COMPONENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Fuses Ai ac line fuses are located on the front panel All dc protection links and spares are located on the Power Supply board inside the instrument Remove the 1503 from its case Remove the aluminum shield from the top of 5 2 the unit The fuses are upright plug in types located near the center of the instrument see Fig 5 1 8V EARLY INSTRUMENTS SPARES Fig 5 1 DC protection location Transistor and Integrated Circuits See Fig 5 2 for the lead configurations of the tran sistors and integrated circuits used in the 1503 Circuit Board Replacem
200. board off the chassis when clear of the pins 4 Use care when replacing the board to prevent bending the pins or the pin connectors on the board Vertical Amp Slow Ramp Board Removal of the main board and the Vertical Amp Slow Ramp board requires removal of some front panel con trols This will destroy the water tight seals and special techniques are required to the components and preserve the seals The removal of these boards should be done at a Factory Service Center Cathode Ray Tube Replacement To replace the crt proceed as follows WARNING Use care when handling a crt Protective clothing and safety glasses should be worn Avoid striking it on any object which might cause it to crack or implode When storing a crt place it in a protective carton setit face down in a protected location on a smooth surface with a soft mat under the faceplate to protect it from scratches 1 Remove the Battery Pack from the 1503 2 Remove the pin connectors from the top of the Output Amps board 3 Remove the four screws holding the crt socket bracket to the frame 4 Hemovethescrew bracingtherear of the crt socket 5 Slide the entire assembly crt socket bracket and crt shield to the rear about 1 4 inch Lift straight up onthe entire assembly clearing the tabs on the front panel casting 6 Set the assembly on top of the 1503 with the socket wiring still attached 7 Remove the rubber ga
201. capability of this signal source is given in the Characteristic section of this manual NEGATIVE SLOPE POSITIVE SLOPE 1792 13 Fig 3 8 Output Module strap Diode CR7247 is used to clamp the negative voitage swing to 0 6 V 07242 provides the capabilities for the operation of units with a positive pen lift or agroundreturn path X Output The X output is proportional tothe horizontal position of the crt beam along the crt face This signal is a ramp of approximately 20 s duration and raises at arate of 0 1 V for each division of horizontal travel across the crt This 0 1 V per division scale factor is set by a voltage divider network comprised of R7138 R7129 and R7122 C7132 is used to reduce noise Source impedance is less than 13 K 9 4 K minimum Y Output The Y output is proportional to the vertical deflection on the crt The scale factor volts output per division of crt deflection is adiustable from 0 09 V per division to 0 13 V per division factory for 0 1 V div by variable resistor R7225 The source impedance of this signal is less than 11 8 minimum and is deter mined by R7234 R7224 and R7225 C7232 is used to reduce noise 3 13 1 D DP 2 n wet aunt H MP 2 2 ate oth TT eate ttt Mn m Section 4 1503 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE PER
202. ch defects as broken connections damaged circuit boards improperly seated transistors or pin connectors frayed cable shields and heat damaged components The corrective procedures for most visible defects are obvious Particular care should be taken if heat damaged components are found Overheating usually indicates other troubie in the instrument so it is important that the cause of overheating be corrected to prevent recurrence of the damage 5 1 Maintenance 1503 Semiconductor Checks Periodic checks of the semiconductors in the 1503 are not recommended The best check of semiconductor performance is actual operation in the instrument More details on checking semiconductor operation are given under troubleshooting Recalibration To ensure accurate measurements check the tion of the 1503 after each 1000 nours of operation or every six months if used infrequently in addition replacement of components may necessitate recalibration of the affected circuits The calibration procedure can be helpful in localizing troubles in the instrument Problems may be found or corrected by recalibration Servicing the Battery The battery pack should be inspected every six months or every 500 hours of operation whichever occurs first The entire battery pack shouid be replaced if venting or corrosion has occured TROUBLESHOOTING The following information is provided to facilitate troubleshooting of the 1503 Inform
203. ck that the peak to peak noise is less than 1 5 divisions 86 dB rms 3 X10 Timing Check a Setthe RETLOSSto 20 dB andthe multiplierto X10 Set FEET DIV to 50 b Connect the TG 501 Time Mark Generator through a 50 Q terminator to the CABLE connector on the 1503 Set the TG 501 to 1 us marks c Connect the TRIGGER OUT from the TG 501 to the TRIG DURATION IN on the PG 501 pulse generator Set the PG 501 PERIOD control to EXT TRIG the DURATION control to 0 1 ms and the OUTPUT control to 5 V into 50 Q 10 V into 1 d Connect the OUTPUT fromthe PG 501tothe EXT CAL terminals on the Main Board see Fig 4 6 e Set the 1503 ZERO REF SET so that the test pulse 15 off screen left and there is one time mark graticule line f Check for 8 time marks in 7 9 divisions REV MAY 1982 Calibration Procedure 1563 Performance Check 4 DISTANCE Diai Check a Set the FEET DIV switch to 5 feet b Turn the ZERO REF SET control clockwise stop ping when the last time mark pulse is seen betforethe fully clockwise stop on the control is reached Set the leading edge of the marker on the second graticule line from the teft Set the DISTANCE to 050 d Check that the leading edge of the second pulse seen the DISTANCE is turned lines up on the second graticule line from the left e Check that when the DISTANCE dial is turned from 050 to 100 150 200 and 250 that each marker pulse is loca
204. ded for ease of locating the appears the circuit board onthe diagram inthe component Only the components illustrated on the facing title for the circuit board component location diagram are listed in the lookup table When more than and in the lookup table for the schematic diagram and one schamatic diagram is used to illustrate the circuitry corresponding component locator illustration a Circuit board the circuit board illustration may only Replaceable Electrical Parts listis arranged by assemblies appear opposite the first diagram on which it was il in numerical sequence the components are listed by iustrated the lookup table will Hist the diagram number of component number see following illustration for other diagrams that the circuitry of the circuit board constructing a component number appears on EE A nme D UC RR Maoditied Component See Function Biock Title a Parts List Depicted in gray wath outing inle pee Seem ada ee v yc Dj Mit Screwuriver 17300 rd Strap or Adjustment Q9 4 p SETUP pu 95 1 O xe TOK E e Hu tosure Che 4 lt P 1 em Dot indicates 865 Pg So d ae 42 PN nis u Piug to Boa
205. e Operators manual may be packed in the instrument cover and latched tightly on the front of the instrument Table 1 1 indicates which accessories may be placed in the cover of 1503 The characteristics given in Table 1 2 apply over ambient temperature range from 15 C to S5 C after the instrument has been calibrated at 25 C 5 1 1 Specification 1503 Table 1 1 STANDARD ACCESSORIES FOR THE 1503 Accessory Tektronix Part Number 2 Replacement Fuses 159 0032 00 ac for front panel for 115 or 159 0029 00 for 230 _ 1 Power Card _ 161 0066 00 _ 1 Viewing Hood j 016 0297 00 _ 1500 BNC 011 0123 00 ____ 1 Output Module 016 0606 00 1 Filter Mesh crt 378 0055 00 1 Operators Handbook 070 1864 00 1 instruction Manual 070 1865 00 1 Cable Assembl 012 0671 00 1 Calculator _ 003 0700 01 TOR Cabie Tester a re ALE Ph Aa A pall Pn Table 1 2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS Characteristics Performance Requirements Supplemental Information urera PY MEE M M E M ON Impuise Width Selectable 10 ns 100 ns 1000 ns Measured at half amplitude point Accuracy 220 RDUM a a lm D ean Amplitude Terminated 5 V t20 Unterminated 10 V 520 Shape 1 2 sine Termination 50 0 75 0 93 Q 1 125 0 3 Jitter 0 2 division maximum At 5 ft div 1 m div Graticule
206. e Subpanei with isopropyt alcohol 2 Align the Front Panel over the Subpanel and insert one of the jacks in its respective position 3 Form a bead of No 3144 Sealant around the Jack Subpanel interface as shown in Fig 5 37 4 Use the supplied washer and nut to secure the jack in position 5 Repeat Steps 3and 4for the remaining fivejacks 32 Preparation of the Thumbscrews that are used tor securing the X Y Output Module see Fig 5 38 a PACKING O ring MPL Item 3 10 1503 b shaft MPL Item 3 8 c KNOB MPL item 3 7 d Procedure 1 insert one of the Pins shaft through the Front Panel and Subpanet 2 Apply G 661 lubricant the O ring 3 Position the O ring on the shaft as shown Fig 5 38 4 Place the knob on the shaft and tighten the setscrew 5 Repeat procedure for the second thrumbscrew WASHER KNOB VLA 1 AN FRONT PANEL SUBPANEL Fig 5 38 Detail of X Y Module thumbscrews 5 19 1503 33 Attach Latch Assemblies 2 ea to the Front Cover see Fig 5 39 a COVER FRONT MPL Item 1 29 D LATCH ASSY MPL Item 1 0 c Procedure 1 Clean mating surfaces of Front Cover and Latcn Assembly with isopropy alcohol 2 Apply No 3144 sealant to the two screw noies in each Latch Assembly as shown in Fig 5 39 3 Attach the two Latch Assembiies to the Front Cover REMINDER Don
207. e and the output at the collector of Q1558 will change from 5 V to 5 V The transition is about 30 ns This causes the generation of one test pulse The switch will remain in this state until the current through tunnel diode CR1558 has dropped below its valley point This occurs when the fast ramp is reset The Sampler Comparator works the same except the time at which the comparator fires is delayed due to its being referenced to a slowly increasing voltage the slow ramp Thus the sampling point is slewed by the level of the slow ramp see Fig 3 2 Theory of Operation 1503 Pulse Generator The Pulse generator consists of acurrentsource Q1435 and various inductors and capacitors selected by IM PULSE WIDTH 1343 The current source is turned on causing energy to be stored in the selected inductor The pulser strobe causes Q1435 to turn off which results in an induced pulse whose frequency is determined by the selected inductor capacitor parallel resonant circuits The voltage at the collector of Q1435 will swing negative once but will be clamped to zero as it attempts to go positive The strobe that turns off Q1435 also resets flip flop U1667A and U1667B and turns off the current source Q1556 and Q1551 comprise a pseudo SCR circuit which is triggered by the pulse from the comparator circuit 01558 and CR1556 When the SCR fires it turns 01435 off in approximately 2 ns The trigger from the comparator i also sent to U168
208. econd graticule line from the left ADJUST R1414 DIST CAL to position the leading edge of the pulse on the second graticule line see Fig 4 5 Check that the pulse is at the same point on the graticule when the ZERO REF CHECK button is pressed f CHECK That when turning the DISTANCE dial from 050 to 100 150 200 and 250that each marker puiseis located on the reference line within 1 digit of the dial 13 Cable Dielectrics a Set the FEET DIV switch to five feet multiplier to X10 Select 1 us markers b Press the SOLID POLY dielectric button and posi tion a time mark on the second graticule line from the left with the ZERO REF SET control c CHECK That the two markers are 6 39 6 79 divisions apart d Press the FOAM POLY dielectric button Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure MAIN BOARD EXT CAL ll NORMAL OPERATION 18 ow TO PULSE MAIN BOARD nA 8 Fa rnnt GENERATOR mer cat lt JUMPER REMOVED SET UP FOR CALIBRATION 1885 24 4 6 External Calibration connection CHECK For 7 9 8 3 divisions between the two pulses Switch back to AIR both out 14 X100 Timing Set the FEET DIV switch to five feet and the multiplier to 100 Set the TG 501 for 1 5 markers b CHECK For one marker per division 2 2 fil 2 Remove cables from the 1503 EXT CAL connector 15 X100 Position S
209. edge to a vertical reference line on the crt when the DISTANCE dial is at 000 or ZERO REF CHECK but ton is pushed Selects dB reference level of the reflected signal 0 dB to 60 dB in seven calibrated steps FINE adds 0 18 dB to selected steps Puli on push off switch Does affect battery charging circuits Screwdriver adjust for 0 48 reference level Used to set amplitude of test pulse Reduces displayed noise Display sweep rateis reduced by afactor of ten indicates relative charge of power pack 13 DISTANCE 14 X10 X1 X100 X10 15 FEETDIV METRES DIV 16 IMPLS WIDTH Operating instructions 1503 1865 038 Indicates the distance from 1503 to a point on the test cable 010 25000 feet 010 500 metres at X100 X10 Disabled when the FEET DIV METRES DIV control is set to 50 100 and the muitiplier is set to X100 X10 Two position switch for X10 X1 or X100 X10 multiplier Affects both DISTANCE dial and FEET DIV METRES DIV control Selects horizontal deflection fac tor X10 X1 5 to 500 feet div 1 to 100 metres div X100 X10 80 to 5000 feet div 10 to 1000 metres div Selects width of test impulse for 10 100 or 1000 ns 2 3 Operating Instructions 1503 17 CABLE Two push buttons and a screw DIELECTRIC driver adjust Selects proper SOLID POLY velocity of propagation VAR FOAM POLY control is activated when both but VAR tons are pressed
210. eholders and press to ensure the washers are fully seated 4 Remove the caps inspect and remove any excess sealant 5 Apply a film of G 661 lubricant to exposed surface of washer 6 Insert fuse see Electrical Parts list for correct value into and install cap with fuse in the Fusehoider 5 11 Maintenance 1503 WASHER CAP 3144 SEALANT Fig 5 14 Detail of Fuseholder Caps 16 Install Battery Meter see Fig 5 15 and 5 16 a METER MPL 2 56 b Procedure 1 Apply a thin bead of No 3144 sealant to the junction of the bezel and meter canister see Fig 5 15 3144 SEALANT 1792 93 Fig 5 15 Application of sealant to Battery Meter 2 install Meter in Front Panel with markings align ed as shown in Fig 5 16 5 12 Fig 5 16 Alignment of Battery Meter 17 install the FOCUS and INTENSITY controls see Fig 5 17 a RESISTOR VARIABLE 2 ea MPL item 2 40 and item 2 43 These two variable resistors are used for FOCUS and INTENSITY contro and are listed in the Electrical Parts list b Procedure 1 Unscrew the bushing part assembly and pack the barrel shaft interface with G 661 lubricant 2 Screw the bushing into the resistor assembly of the resistor 3 Form a bead of No 3144 seaiant around the filiet area of the bushing 4 Use the washers and nuts supplied and instail these two controls in the Front Panel BARREL BUSHIN
211. ent Most of the components mounted on the circuit boards can be replaced without removing the boards from the instrument An exception is the HV circuit board which is located underneath the Power Supply board If a circuit board is damaged beyond repair the entire assmebly including all soldered on components can be replaced The number is given in the Electrical Parts List for the completely wired board Note the position of all plugs and connectors to make replacement easy Use the following procedure to remove a circuit board Foilow the inverse procedure to replace boards Power Supply Boards Q1 Remove the four screws Maintenance 1503 Eae e Plastic Cased Transistors 22121111 Cased Transistors e 5 Bo age 7 orate C E FET s Power Transistors ee eee ese a 1206 1792 36 integrated Circuits Fig 5 2 Transistor and integrated circuit lead configuration 1503 2 Remove the pin connectors to P1 P2 and P3 near the rear edge of the board 3 Carefully lift the rear of the board until the pin connectors underneath come into view 4 Remove the pin connectors from the bottom of the board and lift it out of the chassis HV Board 1 Remove the Power Supply board following the previous procedure DANGER 2 kV may be present on the HV Board from charged capacitor
212. es b Turn the ZERO REF SET control clockwise stop ping when the last time mark puise is seen before fully clockwise is reached and set its leading edge on the second graticute line from the teft c Set the DISTANCE dial to 150 d CHECK That the leading edge of the second time mark pulse as seen as the DISTANCE dial is turned lines up on the second graticule line from the e ADJUST R1414 DIST CAL to position the leading edge of the time mark pulse on the second graticule line Check that the pulse is at the same point onthe graticule when the ZERO REF CHECK button is pressed 4 11 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure MAIN BOARD NORMAL OPERATION TO PULSE MAIN BOARD GENERATOR EXT CAL JUMPER arx REMOVED SET UP FOR CALIBRATION 1865 24 Fig 4 8 External Calibration connection f CHECK That when turning the DISTANCE dial from 150 to 300 and 450 that each marker puise is located on the reference line within 1 digit of the dial 21 Cable Dielectrics a Set the METRES DIV switch to 25 the multiplier to X1 and select 1 us markers b Select SOLID POLY dielectric and position a time marker on the second graticule line from the left usingthe ZERO REF SET control c CHECK That the markers are 3 75 4 15 division apart d Select the FOAM POLY dielectric e CHECK For 4 66 5 06 divisions between pulses f Switch the CABLE DIELECTRIC but
213. et IMPLS WIDTH for 100 ns pulse RET LOSS to 0 dB b With ZERO REF SET position the pulse leading edge on the graticule center line c CHECK That the pulse start remains at the center line when switching from X100 to X10 4 ADJUST R1132 while in the X10 position so that the pulse remains at the center line when switching between X10 and X100 4 10 16 ZERO REF SET a Set FEET DIV to 50 multiplier to X10 and IMPLS WIDTH to 1000 b Rotate ZERO REF SET fully counterclockwise and then fully clockwise CHECK The leading edge of the pulse should move at least past the second vertical graticule line from the left HORIZONTAL METRIC VERSION See Step 9 for Standard Version Control Settings RET LOSS 0 dB NOISE FILTER Qut 0 dB SET 2 div pulse DISTANCE Dial 000 METRES DIV 50 Multiplier X10 CABLE DIELECTRIC Both out VAR Fullyciockwise 17 Horizontal Gain and OFFSET a Use the POSITION controis to center the trace on the graticule REV JUL 1983 2279 2 277 b Set 83217 HOR Z iocated on the OUTPUT AMPS board to the counterciockwise stop ADJUST R3221 POS iocated on the OUTPUT AMPS board to center the trace on the graticuie d ADJUST R3217 HORIZ so that the retrace at the start of the sweep is just off the graticule area and the trace covers ten divisions of the graticule 18 FAST RAMP a Connect the test oscilloscope test probetothe front lead of C12
214. f the capaciiors C1793 and C1697 is determined by their values and the loop gain The output voitagethus may be varied R1693 to produce an output equal to 1 62 times the true input before sampling This results in an equivalent sampiing efficiency of 100 First Blow by Compensation Blow by results from energy feeding through the junction capacitance of the sampling diodes even though they are turned off The first blow by compensation is accomplished by R1796 and R1793 These resistors feed a portion of the input signal into the inverting input of operational amplifier U1795 This cancels the blow by voltage at the output of U1795 The amount of compensation depends upon the setting of R1796 Second Sampling Gate Q 1594 U1503 comprise the second sampling gate Second sampling is required to reduce the effect of unbalanced leakage current in the first sampling gate diodes The output of the sampler com parator Q1578 is used to turn the gate on for about 8 ms allowing C1593 the second memory capacitor to charge to the level of the sampled signal 01503 amplifies the levei stored on C1593 and provides the discharge path for C1593 between charge times Fig 3 4illustrates thetiming of the second sampling circuits Second Biow by Compensation Blow by resulting from gate drive energy feeding through the gate to source capacitance of the second sampling gate is compensated for by feeding a portion of the drive signal into the in
215. fe operation Grounding the Product This product is grounded through the grounding conduc tor of the power cord To avoid electrical shock piug the power cord into a properly wired receptacle before connecting to the product input or output terminals A protective ground connection by way of the grounding conductor in the power cord 15 essential for safe tion Danger Arising From Loss of Ground Upon loss of the protective ground connection accessible conductive parts including knobs and trois that may appear to be insulating can render an electric shock Use the Proper Power Cord Use oniy the power cord and connector specified for your product Refer cord and connector changes to qualified service personnel Use the Proper Fuse To avoid fire hazard use only the fuse of correct type voltage rating and current rating as specified in the parts list for your product Refer fuse replacement to qualified service personnel Do Not Remove Covers or Panels To avoid personal injury do not remove the product covers or panels Do not operate the product without the covers and paneis properly installed 1503 SERVICE SAFETY SUMMARY FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY Refer also to the preceding Operators Safety Summary Do Not Service Alone Do not perform internal service or adjustment of this product unless another person capabile of rendering first aid and resuscitation is
216. field The value of the coil is determined by the cable characteristics which runs between two points The 1503 cannot look through loading coils because of the large impedance mis match therefore the coil will appear as an open line r mwi E atten i H 3 5 gt 3 EF TEST RETURN PULSE 1865 07 Fig 2 8 Loading Coil Operating instructions 1503 Shorts between pairs is shown on the 1503 as a negative return pulse A short called a cross may be detected using a standard battery or earphone test However the 1503 will indicate the exact distance to the fault ZERO vf 19 POSITION 19 AET LOSS 128 ji 20 10 2 i MEM me E RETURN PULSE AS De s 7 U i P 5 rsl ice c _ E 4503 TOR CABLE TESTER Fig 2 9 Shorted Tip and Ring A dullding out network will appear on the 1503 as a short circuit the capacitors in the network short out the test puise buiiding out network is used with loading coils to artificially make up the required distance of the coil The 1503 cannot look through building out networks because of the large impedance mis match emm sos sram
217. fier consists of 02143 with variable gain provided by R0263 The incoming voltage is attenuated approximately 50 by R2233 and R2144 The output voltage is approximately 200 mV per division The variable gain control has arange of approximately 5 times is set by the values of R0263 and R2142 The output goes through the Retrace Logic to the Vertical Output Amplifier Retrace Logic The Retrace Logic consists of Gate U3123C inverter Q3137 controllable oscillator U3123A and U3123D and analog switches U3223C and U3223D The only timethe vertical signal is appliedtothe vertical output amplifier is during the forward scanning cycie During the retrace cycle an offset voltageisappliedtothe vertical output amplifier During the slow ramp s forward scan the retrace signal is negative as is pin 2 of U3123A This causes the output of 031230 to be low Pin of U3223C is also high while pin 12 of U3223D is low and the vertical signal passes through the analog gate to the output amplifier During the retrace cycle the output of U3123D is low and pin 6 of U3223C is low while pin 12 of U3223D is high This allows the output of U3123D to be passed to the vertical output amplifier This causes the beam to be deflected below the crt viewing area Vertical Output Amplifier The Vertical Output amplifier consists of Q3236 Q3232 Q3139 and Q3235 The mode of operation is identical to that of the Horizontal Output Theory of
218. firmation that the outlet ground contact is securely grounded refer to qualified service personnel The 1503 operates from the battery supply for a minimum of 5 hours including 20 chart recordings If a TEKTRONIX Y T Chart Hecorder is used the 5 hours operating time will decrease by about 3 minutes for each recording made beyond the 20 specified 1865 02A Fig 2 1 1503 Time Domain Reflectometer Operating Instructions 1503 Charging the Battery The battery pack can be charged at any temperature between 09 and 40 C it can be operated at any temperature between 15 C and 55 For maximum charge capacity the cells shouid be charged at 20 C to du The battery pack is fully charged in 16 hours when connected to an ac power source and the unitis switched off The 1503 may be operated while the battery pack is charging but the charging time will increase The batteries wil not overcharge if the charger 15 left on longer than 16 hours Therefore the 1503 can remain connected to an ac source without damaging the batteries Ap proximately once a month or every 15 charge discharge cycles the batteries should be charged for approximateiy 24 hours Approximately 30 minutes of operatingtime can be expected from a 1 hour partial charge For longest battery life the full 16 hour charge should be completed preference to a partial charge A battery can be damaged by reverse charging This can occur if an individual
219. g information care of the instrument and basic applications FRONT COVER AND HANDLE The watertight front cover protects the front panel when the instrument is not in use and the cover islatched in place Special operating instructions are printed onthe lid A canister containing silica gel is mounted on the rear of the instrument to reduce the moisture inside the case The cover is released from the unit by pulling forward on the side latches To secure the cover over the front panel place the cover into the grooved portion of thefront panel and push the latches backward towards the instru ment if the unit is accidentally left on it will be turned off when the cover is secured over the front panel The handle is a friction disc design and will rotate 325 When the handle is turned so that it is beneath the unit it will serve as a stand see Fig 2 1 POWERING THE 1503 This equipment has a 3 wire power cord with a 3 contact plug for connection to the power source and to protective ground The plug protective ground contact connects through the cord protective grounding con ductor to the accessible metal parts of the equipment For electric shock protection insert this plug into an outlet that has a securely grounded protective ground contact TUM uf a SU au ua a CAUTION Do not use this unit with a power inverter that produces a square wave output because power inverters may damage circuitry For con
220. g amplifier 05117 which performs summation and amplification simultaneously This signal is fed to the Slow Ramp Generator by way of R5118 and will speed up or slow down the Slow Ramp Generator to synchronize it with the paper speed of the Strip Chart Recorder Chart Recorder Logic The logic control signal that 15 received through pin 2 of P53 is shaped into a narrow impulse negative going by U5156B and U5156C This impulse occurs at the trailing edge of the logic controi signal and latches bi stable muitivibrator U5252A U5252C Pin 9 of U5252A goes positive turns on 25266 which pulls the motor control line to ground causing the paper drive motor to start rotating The paper drive motor is turned off at a count of 65 by 052528 second signalis capable of turning the motor off This occurs whenthe end of the paper is reached and the output from the pulse shaper is stopped This causes C5249 to discharge and uniatch the multivibrator The multivibrator is initially latched when the inverted control signal from pin 4 of U5156B charges C5249 impulse from pulse shaper U5166A 051660 keeps C5249 charged The multivibrator latch output of pin 10 disables the reset of the counter and turns Q5144 on This locks out the logic control input line Stylus heat control comes from Q5239 which is turned on by flip flop U5127A This flip flop is energized by PEN LIFT signal from the Vertical board The RETRACE signal TOTAL
221. hanges immediately into printed manuals Hence your manual may contain new change information on following pages A single change may affect several sections Since the change information sheets are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered some duplication may occur If no such change pages appear following this page your manual is correct as printed 2 Relevant e tete 2 E PCI 2 M 5 MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION Date 3 31 82 _______ Change Reference 38055 ______ Part No TED TC EXCELL Product 1 1503 DESCRIPTION EFF SN 090000 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CHANGE 9 100 159 0124 00 FUSE WIRE LEAD 3A 125V 0 05SEC COMMITTED TO EXCELLENCE Date 6 24 82 Change Reference 5 546 Product iage 6109 Manual Part see helaw DESCRIPTION ee 40 58 ee EFF SN B113810 070 1792 01 1502 EFF SN B094380 070 1865 01 1503 ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AN SCHEMATIC CHANGES CHANGE TO A3 670 3130 04 CKT BOARD ASSY OUTPUT AMPLIFIER R3112 321 0263 00 RES FXD FILM 5 36K OHM 1 0 125W R3114 321 0178 00 RES FXD FILM 698 OHM 1 0 125W R3115 321 0178 00 RES FXD FILM 698 OHM 1 0 125W The above parts are located on the OUTPUT AMPS BD and shown on diagram OUTPUT AMPL amp
222. he Cycle starts over The rise and fall time of the slow ramp can be varied by changing the integrating capacitance values the nor mal 40 Hz scan a value of 0 0013 is used When NOISE FIL TER switch S2254 is activated the scan frequency is reduced by approximately 7 times by paralleling a capacitance value of 0 01 uF to the original 0 0013 uF For recording X Y or chart purposes a value of 1 uF is used Q2248 acts as a FET switch and is controlled by the Record Logic Bi Level Comparator During the positive going se quence of the Slow Ramp Generator Q2161 is saturated and Q2166 is off The emitter voltage of Q2161 and Q2166 is 4 1 V This voltage is controlled by a resistor divider 82267 and R2158 The collector output of the com parator of Q2166 is at a 5 V level because the transistor is not conducting The anode of CR2159 has to rise to 4 1 V in order to turn off Q2161 When Q2161 turns off its collector level will decrease which causes Q2166 to be turned on and saturated The emitter voltage output switches to 0 1 V Q2161 remains off until the anode voltage of CR2159 goes to 0 1 V which restarts the cycle The comparator be forced into the retrace cycle by a 5 V signal at the anode of CR2262 Theory of Operation 1503 180 5 COLLECTOR Q1588 5 8 pm I TT 4 5 V BASE Q1593 8 usec GATE Q1594 SIGNAL LEVEL 1 Bi SIGNAL LEV
223. hever occurs first the batteries should be charged for ap proximately 24 hours The battery pack can be charged at any temperature between 0 C and 40 C and discharged operated at any temperature between 20 55 C but for max imum charge capacity the cells shouid be charged at 20 to 25 For more information refer to the Specification section of the instruction Manual 2 8 The power pack can be stored at any temperature between 40 C and 55 0 with the battery cells either fully or partially charged The self discharge rate of the celis increases with increased temperature A fully charg ed battery will lose about 50 of its chargein 3to 4months if stored at 20 C to 25 C Therefore the battery pack should be completely recharged if it has been stored for more than a month The 1503 has been made with a ruggedized case that is suitabie to provide protection when stored in exposed areas When the instrument is not being used the accessories including the Operators Handbook should be packed in the instrument cover and the cover latched on the front of the instrument Instrument Storage The 1503 can be stored in temperatures between 629 and 85 C but if the temperature is below 40 C or exceeds 55 C the batteries must be removed and stored in a location where the temperature is between 40 C and 55 MEASUREMENT EXAMPLES This section shows diagrams and results of checking
224. i n PP Cer 28 amp Pet cm e EP TRAE 2 E Eu TT 0 PULO f No Dp RACE 3 i 2 aptum M COR x E iA B 5225 3 4 ETN x pem Sdn dg eder 4 boel 2228 Iu 122501 per 3 H a 7 5 H 3 i x t v E gm po D A i ng E 5 2 _ 4 2 1 fe et E a PE ur 8125 3 TL TUUS pores iH un ES 2 5 i LR E 12i 3 3 i 67254 8 3 Bele 2 201104 t 5 2425 di 3 H t gr ots at oe remet me eminet 6225 ERU IPS A tM a N 5 1 3 M NS t ot Wb peg sesto pee iuge BS TY 5 1 SO 2 s 2 5 3 E E 220 DN RE COD es x EE 1 4 i 3 1 460 2 rau cx E won 9629 woes vq s 081 i 3 Due A a 4 i 3 1 d 503 i d Cc apd be Nee ds
225. idth 10 Vertical Sensitivity 50 Q Termination 500 feed through a Adapter bnc female to bnc female Coaxial Cables 500 42 inch bnc 2 required connectors UI ART haan QM m 296 Ma RY 0 50 dB 0 5 accuracy Vertical Attenuation _Applications _______ Must be used with all TEKTRONIX TM 503 500 plug ins or TM 504 4 pam TEKTRONIX 505 or OM 502A MEME _ Timing TEKTRONIX PG 501 n Vertical Attenuation TEKTRONIX FG 503 Horizontal TEKTRONIX SC 501 TEKTRONIX 2701 Attenuator General Tektronix Part No 011 0049 01 General Tektronix Part No 103 0028 00 General Tektronix Part 012 0057 01 aaa aaa rer amare aar 75 Q Termination 75 Q 2 Vertical Check Tektronix Part No 011 0055 00 DEMENS DRM Re M diac Rs PERFORMANCE CHECK 1 Vertical Attenuation Check Control Settings 0 dB RET LOSS NOISE FILTEH Qut 0 48 SET Clockwise Distance Dial 900 FEET DIV 0 5 METRES DIV 1 CABLE DIELECTRIC Both Out VAR Cloc
226. igh the multivibrator changes level and TP2157 becomes high 5 V This turns on Q2248 The output of U2332A pin 3 goes low and the output of U2332C pin 10 goes high This turns Q2249 on Q2249 and Q2248 keep C2356 discharged and the output of the Slow Ramp remains at 0 V By releasing the RECORD switch the output of U2332C goes low which turns 02249 off but 22248 stays on This starts the Slow Ramp Generator scanning at amuch slower rate due to C2352 being added to the circuit When the scan cycle ends the output of retrace ampiifier Q2259 goes high causing multivibrator U2332D and B to bereset This sets the Recorder Logic back to the normal mode of operation The components CR2324 R2324 and C2325 are used to ensure that the Recorder Logic is inthe normal mode of operation when the power supply switch is turned on Horizontal Output Amplifier Diagram 4 The Horizontal Output Amplifier consists of Q3221 Q3118 03113 and 03114 This amplifier amplifies the 0 4 V slow ramp signal into a differential voltage of approximately 150 V as well as shifting the output level to an average voltage of 85 V The amplifier gain is ap proximately 37 and is achieved with a differential tran sistor amplifier Q3221 and Q3118 The gain is controlled by the ratio of resistance R3122 or H3121 to the parailel values of resistors R3217 plus R3116 and resistors R3216 pius 83212 R3217 is variable to adjust for crt deflection factor tolerance
227. in 13 of U1663D drops to about 4 Volts The output at pin 11 of U1663D then goes high about 20 ms after the first rising transition of the clock signal The output signal from U1663 is coupled to the gate of 01246 turning it on It is also coupled through OR gate Q1663C to the base of Q1236 turning it off This starts the fast ramp by allowing C1238 C1227 to charge When the voltage of the rising Fast Ramp atthejunction of R1676 and R1663 crosses the reset threshold of U1663A pin 1 the R S flip flop will reset so that its output pin 4 goes high This high is coupled through 416630 to the gate of 01246 and through U1663C to the base of 01236 3 3 Theory of 1503 CLOCK U1663 PIN 4 91663 PIN 11 U1663 PIN 1 3 V FAST RAMP 0 01246 5 V 5 91667 PIN 3 PULSER ENABLE 5V PULSER STROBE SAMPLER STROBE 3 4 i SOLID POLY SOLID POLY 10 o VAR X10 20 60 usec p aud me Fig 3 3 Timing diagram ant i i i i pL E M M ds 1865 14 5 01246 turns off stopping the fast ramp rise 01236 turns on discharging C1238 C1227 The fast ramp then returns to the level set by 01332 The next rising transition of the clock signal begins the cycle over again Rising tran sistions of the clock signal have no effect during the time of
228. ing agent is used to form watertight gaskets After appli cation allow 24 hours curing time This RTV agent is used where the application requires a sealant more fiuid than the No 3144 ant Allow 24 hour curing time This compound is used in the Battery Pack assembly Used as a primer for No 3144 sealant applications Used as a waterproof lubricant Cleaning Agent 006 2302 00 Dow Corning No 3144 Adhesive Seaiant 252 0199 00 Dow Corning No 3140 Coating 006 031 5 00 Dow Corning No 4 Silicone Dielectric Compound 006 2475 00 Dow Corning No 1204 Primer 006 2207 00 General Electric No G 661 Silicone grease 006 0500 00 Acetone 006 0034 00 isopropyl Alcohol 5 6 Cleaning Agent ASSEMBLY PROCEDURES NOTE the following assembly steps the part being discussed is identified by its location the Replaceable Mechanical Parts list MPL of the Instruction Manual 1 Preparation of the Subpanel for further assembly see Fig 5 5 a SUBPANEL FRONT MPL Item 3 26 b Procedure 1 Clean entire Subpanel with isopropy alcohol BATTERY METER HOLDER POWER SWITCH SEAL MOUNTING SCREW IMPLOSION SHIELD a a MAIN SEAL FRONT J PUSHBUTTON SEAL PUSHBUTTON SHAFT 1792 59 5 5 Subpanel identification of parts for steps 1 through 7 2 install the Holder for the Battery Level indicator in the Subpanel a HOLDER MPL item 2 57 b
229. kwise a Disconnect P21 from the Vert Amp Slow Ramp board b Connect the sine wave output from the FG 503 through the 2701 attenuator to P21 onthe Vert Amp board it may be necessary to ground the chassis of the 1503 to the FG 503 4 2 c Set the FG 503 to a 200 Hz sine wave d Set the 1503 RET LOSS to 0 dB Set the 0 dB SET fully cw set the 2701 to 0 dB and set the FG 503 fora 6 division display e The crt should display a sine wave for each of the following settings of the 1503 RET LOSS switch and the 2701 attenuator switch RET LOSS 2701 ATTEN Display 0 dB 0 dB 6 div 0 2 div 10 10 0 2 div 20 dB 20 6 div 0 2 div 30 dB 30 dB 6 div 0 2 div 40 dB 40 6 div 0 2 div 50 dB 50 dB 6 div 0 2 div 60 dB 60 6 div 0 2 div f Remove the test leads and replace P21 2 Display Noise Check Set RET LOSS to 0 dB b Connect the 50 Q terminator to the CABLE connector and press the 50 2 impedance button c Set FEET Div to 5 muitiplier to X100 and press the 1000 ns IMPLS WIDTH button d Set 0 dB SET controi for a 2 division display Set the IMPLS WIDTH to 10 ns Turn the ZERO REF SET control fuily clockwise f Set the RET LOSS to 78 dB and adjust the POSITION controls so the base line is located on the crt center line g Check that the peak to peak noise is not greater than 3 divisions 80 dB rms Ignore occasional spikes h Push the NOISE FILTER button in and che
230. l M o o 4 2 4 12345 amp Description Mfr Part Number ll lt FFAS MAP APTUS FRAME FRAME SECT TDR CENTER FRAME SECT TDR RIGHT WIRING HARNESS FRONT PANEL WIRING HARNESS FRONT PANEL CONNECTOR TERM 22 26 AWG BRS 4 CU BE GOLD CONN BODY PL EL 2 WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY PL EL 2 WIRE BLUE CONN BODY 3 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY PL EL 4 WIRE RED CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE BLUE CONN BODY PLEL 3 WIRE VIOLET CONN BODY WIRE ORANGE CONN BODY WIRE VIOLET WIRE SET ELEC 22 26 AWG BRS 8 CU BE GOLD CONNECTOR TERM 22 26 AWG BRS 8 CU BE GOLD CONN BODY PL EL 1 WIRE YELLOW CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE BROWN CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE WHITE CONN BODY PL EL 3 WIRE ORANGE WIRE ELEC CONNECTOR TERM 22 26 AWG BRS 8 CU GOLD WIRE ELECTRICAL 7 WIRE RIBBON CONN BODY PL EL 7 WIRE YELLOW HLOR TERM 2 WIRE BROWN WIRING HARNESS ASSY SP ELEC 4 22 AWG t7 0 L LEAD ELECTRICAL 18 AWG 4 0 1 5 4 426 1 184 00 426 1185 00 426 1 186 00 179 2178 00 179 2178 01 47439 352 0169 03 352 0169 06 352 0161 01 352 0162 02 352 0161 06 352 0161 07 352 0165 03 352 0165 07 198 2386 00 47439 46231 352 0171 04 352 0161 01 352 0161 09 352 0199 03 198 2796 00 47439 55 0726 710610 352 0165 04 352 0169 01 179 2349 00 175 2492 00 195 0389 00 REV
231. ld not require cleaning unless the unit has been left with the front cover removed and the plug in compartment empty The best way to clean the interior is to blow off the accumulated dust with low pressure air Remove any dirt that remains with a soft brush or a cloth dampened with a mild detergent and water solution cotton tipped applicator is useful for cleaning in narrow spaces on circuit boards rr CAUTION Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which might damage the plastics used in this instrument Avoid chemicals which contain benzene toluene xylene acetone or similar solvents Exterior The cabinet exterior can be washed with soap and water and rinsed with clear water Loose dust accumulated on the front panel is best removed with a small brush or asoft cloth dampened with a mild detergent and water solution Abrasive cleaners should not be used on the front panel CRT Implosion Shield The face of the crt can be cleaned by using ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL applied and wiped very gently dry with KENDALL NEBRIL non woven wipes Lubrication The reliability of potentiometers switches and other moving parts can be maintained if they are kept properly lubricated However too much lubricant is as detrimental as too little lubricant A lubrication kit containing the necessary lubricants and instructions is available from Tektronix Inc Visual inspection Prior to recalibration the 1503 should be inspected for su
232. lse is generated b Time at which sample is taken 1865 13 Fig 3 2 Sampling diagram 3 2 When the siow horizontal scan of the crt has been completed the vertical input is automatically dis connected and the slow rampisreieased to scan own speed The chart paper continues to run until the entire recorded data is outside the chart recorder DETAILED CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Time Base Generator Diagram 1 The Time Base Generator circuits consist of an Inverter Attenuator Fast Ramp Generator and the Timing and Control Logic inverter Attenuator The siow ramp signal is a free running saw tooth generated on the vertical amp siow ramp board and entering diagram 1A at P24 in the upper left corner This signal also goes out to the output amplifier and is the horizontal sweep for the crt The slow ramp is attenuated by selecting the gain of U1219B with S1215F to provide a calibrated feet per division display on the crt in seven steps 5 1 2 5 5 10 25 and 5OFEET DIV This attenuated signal is applied to the inverting input of U1219A through R1216 FT DiV CAL The gain of U1219A as related to the slow ramp is varied by R1216 to provide FT DIV scale calibration The output of U1219A TP1312 contains a dc level which is obtained from the combined settings of the DISTANCE dial and the ZERO REF SET The output from the DISTANCE dial aiso goes to 50151 ZERO REF CHECK This switch will ground the DISTANCE dial outpu
233. ly conduct which forces the collector of Q6557 to ground This reduces the input voltage to the input of the astable multivibrator and turns it off disabling the dc voltage converter The SCR network is triggered when Q6548 conducts This happens when the battery voltage drops below 10 V The 10 V power supply is used as reference voltage by way of CR6546 and R6539 To reset this SCR network the battery voltage must be removed by turning off the front panel POWER switch The batteries must be charged or replaced unless ac power is to be used before further operation of the instrument To allow quick discharge of C6443 when the power switch is off and reset the SCR latch quickly R0185 is connected between ground and C6443 by switch 50165 DU aM Su al af af S mum unm CAUTION uf up 7 When the Anti Deep Discharge circuit is operating the voltage circuits are turned off but there is still a small amount of current drawn from the batteries This will further discharge the batteries at a slower rate if the POWER switch is not turned off Theory of Operation 1503 Voitage Regulators The 165 V 100 V 8 V and 8 V supplies are not individually adjustable R6358 15 used to adjust the 25 V supply to the correct output voltage The 10 V regulator providesa 10 V reference for the 5 V and 5 V regulators The 5 1 V zener diode VR6417 is used in a bridge configuration to provide a reference voltage for the
234. may need to be altered to meet therequirements of the substituted equipment Preliminary Procedure Remove the battery pack from therear of the 1503 case Remove the front cover of the 1503 Loosen the four screws at the rear of the case and set the unit face up Push down on the handle to break the seal then place it face down on aflat surface Take hoid of the sides of the case and pull to remove the case from the unit Remove the shields from the top and bottom of the unit Place the battery pack in the rear of the 1503 taking carethat the polarity is correct Connectthe ac power cord to the ac outlet at the rear of the unit and to a 115 V 230 V ac for Option 6 power source WARNING Extreme caution must used when operating the 1503 with the covers removed Up to 170 V may be encountered in exposed areas Pull the POWER switch to turn the unit on and allow 20 minutes warm up before proceeding with the calibration 4 1 Calibration Procedure 1503 Performance Check Table 4 4 LIST OF TEST REQUIREMENTS n A A TT SP AN RS Rt wei eiie emere rit iei M ei Range 0 200 V 0 1 accuracy 0 1 ms 0105 KOULUN External Trigger LL D M CERE E m oH Sinewave Oscillator M wer rl 5 MHz Bandw
235. nt for cableioss which is assumed to be zero inthe example shown in Fig 2 5 Actual discontinuities are shown later in th s section Cables with a characteristic impedance other than 50 75 93 125 can be evaluated by adjusting the 0 dB SET control to correct the test pulse for two divisions then proceed as normal Positive or negative re reflections will be observed however due to the impedance mis match The NOISE FILTER button can be used to reduce the noise displayed on the crt The reduction in noise is accomplished by changing the time constant of the R C filter and is accompanied by a slowing of the sweep rate 1503 ACCESSORIES Plug ins The 1503 plug in compartment will accept either the X Y OUTPUT MODULE provided as a standard accessory orthe TEKTRONIX Y T Chart Recorder Part Number 016 0506 03 which is supplied witn Option 4 instruments Using an X Y Recorder The X Y OUTPUT MODULE may be wired for either a positive or negative pen lift signal Before using the X Y OUTPUT MODULE be sure that the pen lift circuit on the etched circuit board is properiy connected Fig 2 6shows the proper connection for either a positive or negative pen lift signal Pee ae 1503 IMPULSE VOLTAGE CRT DISPLAY 750 CABLE LINE 2 peak Zo 78 0 Operating Instructions 1503
236. nt of battery load A reference voltage of approximately 50 mV is created across reference resistor R6132 This voltage is created by 86135 and VR6134 The battery load and charge current are always fed through R6131 and the charger will try to maintain an average current of 150 mA into the battery This is done by comparing the voltages across two reference resistors R6132 and R6131 using operational amplifier 06138 Depending upon the battery charge current the output of the operational amplifier will provide more or less current into the current source input 06244 With every new cycle a current of the same magnitude as the input current will be released by Q6241 to charge capacitor C6147 This current will be increased or decreased to maintain an average of 50 mV across R6131 The voltage across C6147 builds up every cycle until it reaches the firing threshold level of the program mabie unijunction transistor PUT Q6143 At this mo ment a triggered pulse occurs at the cathode of the PUT which inturnfires SCR 06157 Whenthis occurs a portion t LIN SELECTOR BATTERY T PACK CHART RECORDER FLY BACK 4 SWITCH CONTROLLABLE OSCILLATOR PRIMARY REGULATION ANTI DEEP DISCHARGE of the full wave rectifier output provides a charge current for the battery during the remainder of the cycle During this same period C6147 gets discharged through the anode of
237. o read 50 100 Hz square wave Schematic 1 grid C 3 resistor labelled R1127 should be R1227 ADD Page 7 4 Replaceable Electrical Parts CR1574 152 0169 00 SEMICOND DEVICE TUNNEL imA 10pF 03508 STD962 this device is located on schematic 2 E 11 Sampler Comparator section of Pulser Sampler Board Page 1 of 1 EP ee cee DP D
238. one division wide pulse 12 Lift up and hold the RECORD switch Check that a bright spot appears at left edge of the crt 13 Release the RECORD switch The spot will slowly trace the waveform When the scan is complete the 1503 will automatically return to its normal mode Connecting a Test Cable to the 1503 WARNING Voltages up to 400 V may be expected on long twisted pair lines These voltages may be present on the front panel of the 1503 The optional isolation transformer 013 0169 00 is recommended to avoid electrical shock to the user a i am gt CAUTION lt urs ams ah Voltages higher than 400 V peak or lower voltages at frequencies higher than 400 Hz may damage the Pulser and or Sampler circuits of the 1503 Connect cables to be tested by the 1503 tothe CABLE connector on the front panei Cables of any impedance may be tested by adjusting the 0 dB SET control and or using other than 2 crt divisions as the 0 reference However tests at long ranges may be degraded Operating instructions 1503 Table 2 1 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR THE 1503 Eu VRE AA qr PEE EYE ETE i ia LETTE rrr M Tektronix Part Number T A tr O M i M Accessories Adapter Assembly Isolation Transformer 013 0169 00 Terminator 75 011 0102 00 Connector 00 0 Leads 013 0076
239. onverts the 500 Vto 2000 V Theresistor divider string is connected between the 2000 V and the 1000 V taps of the multiplier circuit This provides the voltages for correct biasing of the crt The FOCUS and INTENSITY controls are part of this divider string A 150 V zener diode VR4117 is used to stabilize the cathode to grid potential Power Supply The Power Supply consists of a line selector transformer 70389 a battery charger network battery pack 0369 and the to dc voltage converters The battery charger network contains SCR switch Q6157 SCR triggering circuit 06143 06244 and 06241 operational amplifier 06138 and current reference resistor R6131 The dc voltage converters contains an Anti Deep Discharge circuit Q6548 Q6549 and Q6547 a primary regulator Q6552 Q6557 and VR6459 a duty cycie controlled oscillator 06458 06445 C6551 R6545 a fiy back switch Q6435 and Q6349 andfly backtransformer 3 9 Theory of Operation 1503 T6535 The secondary output windings of T6535 provide the 165 V 100 V 25 V 410 V 8 V 8 V 5 and 5 V supplies The 10 V 5 V and 5 V circuits have secondary regulation circuitry See Fig 3 6 for a simplified block diagram of the power supply Battery Charger Line transformer 10389 in conjunc tion with full wave rectifier CR6157 provides battery charge current The battery charge current isregulated for an average current of 150 mA independe
240. ovides a power gain ofthe fast ramp signal 2 V to 3 5 V ramp to drive the com parators see diagram 1B also sends voltage back to Q1142 through C1243to compensate for the base current of 521247 The resistors 81356 81357 R1355 and R1353 form voltage dividers whose outputs are selected by 1156 and 51252 CABLE DIELECTRIC to set the siope of the fast ramp keeping ZERO REF SET and DISTANCE calibrated and setting the calibration for FOAM POLY or Variable cabie dielectrics Timing and Control Logic Timing and control of the 1503 Pulser and Sampier circuits begins with the clock signal at U1667C pin 10 The clock runs at a pulse repetition rate of 180 ms see Fig 3 3 The clock can be turned off and an external calibration signal inserted at the connector indicated by EXT CAL on the main board Fast Ramp Timing The clock signal is differentiated by 1762 81761 and clamped to 5 V by CR1563 The differentiated signal at pin 6 of both U1663 and 01667 will be a positive going spike occuring attherising edge ofthe clock signal This spike sets the R S flip flop so that the output at pin 4 of U1663 goes low This negativetransition is coupled to the delay circuit Q1565 through C1563 turning Q1565 off during the time that C1563 is charging This holds 13 of U1663D high forcing its output at pin 11 to remain low even though pin 12 is low When C1563 has charged to the point where Q1565 turns back on the level at p
241. present Use Care When Servicing With Power On Dangerous voltages exist at several points in this product To avoid personat injury do not touch exposed connec tions and components while power is on Disconnect power before removing protective paneis soldering or replacing components Power Source This product is intended to operate from a power source that will not apply more than 250 volts rms between the supply conductors or between either supply conductor and ground A protective ground connection by way ofthe grounding conductor in the power cord is essential for safe operation 1503 1503 Time Domain Refiectometer 1865 01 Section 1 1503 SPECIFICATION General information The TEKTRONIX 1503 is a portable Time Domain Reflectometer which uses puise techniques to test cables and provides a visuai display of cable faults The test pulses are transmitted via the CABLE output jack Reflec tions are received at the same jack and displayed on the cathode ray tube crt NOTE All distances are shown in feet followed by metres parenthesis Metric units are not direct conversions from the measurements shown in feet but represent the calibrated ranges of the metric option 1503 Multiplier settings for the metric options are in dicated in the same manner Calibrated distance controis allow an operator to examine up to 50 000 feet 10 000 metres of cable Upto 7 500 feet 1 500 metres of cable can be
242. rd Etched Circuit Board 9 1 s gran wta gap 212 EXE goa identifies Outlined in Black 38 af po M 1 EE 223 e Conlrais Connectors and Reter to Wavetorm 7 E 5 RS Set io los indicators SAU ON Connectors Funciion Black 4 e s E E P INA 75a Outline a d TOL Que 21 IC type 249 CRGA 058 pns S uM Plug index signifies pin No 1 Test Voltage 5 5 duda i 2 External Screwdriver Adj 1 7 Sink d 2 Sadat value se Parts Lis Board Name V 39 au Le E gt e Ene 2 bos P O Part of Decoupled or Filtered 7 Tektronix Part No for circuit boards Assembly Number 2 72 D B COMPORENE RUMELR EXAMPLE Agi 1234 Voltage Reter to Diagram Numpar Setumabc and Number mm 22 2 Ed 1503 BLOCK DIAGRAM WOW 52 6991 834 S NOILISOd le 511415 Mw AS BBLIWONGATYD Nid d 3031023 Lu VHD VINO 49 104100
243. recording OY Ob Page 4 8 Step 9 Horizontal Gain and OFFSET Change ADJUST R3221 to ADJUST Page 7 3 Replacable Electrical Parts 1503 REMOVE AG 670 3010 00 8010100 069999 BOARD ASSY SWEEP GEN A4 670 3010 01 8070000 8082958 BOARD ASSY SWEEP GEN 670 3010 02 8082959 CKT BOARD ASSY SWEEP ADD AG 670 3010 00 010100 069999 BOARD ASSY HIGH VOLTAGE POWER 4 670 3010 01 8070000 8082958 CKY BOARD ASSY HIGH VOLTAGE POWER 670 3010 02 8082959 BOARD ASSY HIGH VOLTACE POWER Pagel of 1 775 MANUALS CHANGE INFORMATION Date Feb 8 1984 Product 1502 1503 Service 1500 Sealing Product Group 22 T mE Procedures lanual Part Number 070 1792 01 070 1865 01 070 2178 00 Change Reference CNA 0178 DESCRIPTION Change All references to RTV sealant 3144 should be RTV 3145 Part number 006 2302 00 is valid now for RTV 3145 clear silicone sealant remove 3144 entirely Page 1 of 1 Ter GHGs VIIOHUC Product Group 22 Date Aug 16 1984 Product 1503 TDR Manual Part Number 070 1865 01 Change Reference IMC 840816 DESCRIPTION Effective S N N R Text change to CALIBRATION PROCEDURE Page 4 2 Part 1 Step change 200 Hz sine wave to read 50 100 Square wave Page 4 6 Part 5 Step change 200 Hz sine wave t
244. release the switch Check that the goes to 0 5 V or less and returns to approximately 5 V at the end of the sweep f Move the terminal connection link to the positive slope terminals on the X Y OUTPUT MODULE board g CHECK That the DVM reads approximately 0 5 V h Push the RECORD switch to RECORD and check that the DVM reads 4 V or greater then returns to approximately 0 5 V at the end of the sweep NEGATIVE SLOPE POSITIVE SLOPE Fig 4 9 Output Module strap REV JUL 1983 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure 25 Y OUTPUT a Move the test leads from the PEN LIFT terminals to the corresponding Y terminals of the X Y OUTPUT MODULE b Set IMPLS WIDTH to 100 ns and turn ZERO REF SET completely clockwise c Push and hold the RECORD switch to RECORD and adjust the POSITION controls so that the DVM reads 0 0 V d Turn ZERO REF SET slowly counterclockwise and check that the DVM rises to approximately 70 4 V Release the RECORD switch e ADJUST R7225 on X Y OUTPUT MODULE board until the DVM peaks at 0 4 V while holding the RECORD switch to RECORD and slowly rotating the ZERO REF SET control The dot on the teft side of the crt should move one division for each 0 1 V read on the DVM 26 X OUTPUT a Move the test leads to the X terminals b Press the RECORD switch c CHECK That the voltage reads from 0 to 1V 100 mV div as the dot moves acros
245. ription Code Mfr Part Number vm CKT BOARD ASSY VERTICAL AMPL SLOW RAMP C2137 283 0000 00 CAP FXD CER DEO 001UF 100 0 500 59660 831610Y5U0102P C2138 290 0530 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2096 8V 90201 TDC686MOOSNLF C2146 282 0111 00 CAP FXD CER 01 0 10 20 50 56289 273C11 C2147 290 0530 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 2026 6V 90201 TOCS86MCO6NLF C2158 283 0340 00 01 45 5 1000 59660 08085085C0G0450J C2229 290 0530 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V 90201 TOC68EMCOBNLF C2232 290 0530 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 68UF 20 6V 90201 70 686 00 2241 283 0111 00 CAP FXD CER 01 0 14 20 50 56289 273011 C2325 290 0534 00 CAP FXD ELCTLT 1UF 20 35 56289 196D105X0035HA1 C2345 290 0512 00 8030000 22 20 15V 56289 1960226 0015 1 C2349 282 0115 00 CAP FXD CER 01 47 5 200 59660 805 519 C0G0470J C2351 283 0204 00 8010100 094630 CAP FXD CER DEO O1UF 20 50V 96733 R2676 C2351 285 1256 00 8094631 CAP FXD MTLZD 0 01UF 1096 100V 62352 285 1056 00 CAP FXD PLSTC 1UF 296 50V 14752 650B1A105G C2356 283 0624 00 CAP FXO MICA 0 1300 2 500 00853 D195F132G0 CR2159 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1N4152R CR2216 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1N4152R CR2217 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1 41528 CR2262 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1N4152R CR2324 152 0141 02 SEMICOND DEVICE SILICON 30V 150MA 01295 1N4152R
246. roove Trim each seal to a length such that its ends butt together Apply a film of No 3140 sealant to the butt joint 4 Before installing the instrument in a cabinet lubricate the outer edges of the seals as shownin Fig 5 6 G 661 LUBRICANT FRONT SIDE RUBBER Seal OUTSIDE EDGE 3140 RUBBER Seal REAR SEALANT G 661 LUBRICANT HEAR SIDE 1792 60 Fig 5 6 Rubber Seals edge sealing for subpanel 7 installtheimplosion shield andits retainer onthe Subpanel see Figs 5 5 and 5 7 a SHIELD IMPLOSION MPL item 2 91 b RETAINER MPL Item 2 90 5 8 Procedure 1 Clean the retainer and the implosion shieid mounting area of the Subpanel with acetone 2 Remove the protective paper from the implosion Shield 3 Position the shield on the and form continuous bead of No 3144 sealant approximately 090 inch in diamter around the shield Subpanel interface 4 Position the retainer over the bead of sealant and press into place NO 3144 SEALANT RETAINER REMOVE EXCESS SEALANT SHIELD SUBPANEL 1792 51 Fig 5 7 Detail of implosion shield sealing NOTE 1 Pressing the retainer should cause some of the sealant to appear outside the retainer area see Fig 5 7 Failure of the sealant to appear at any point around the retainer is an indication of inadequate sealing 2 When performing this step assure that the shield makes flush
247. s 2 Discharge the possible 2 kV potential by placing a short between point A Fig 5 3 and ground This point is accessible by removing the Battery Pack and turning the 1503 upside down ad F 1792 37 Fig 5 3 Rear view of the HV board 3 Remove the pin connectors 4 Remove the four screws hoiding the board in the chassis 5 Lift the HV board out of the chassis 5 4 Power Cord Conductor identification Conductor Color Aiternate Color Ungrounded Line Brown Black Grounded Neutral Blue White Grounding Earthing Green Yellow Green Yellow Power Transformer 1 Remove the Power Supply and the HV boards from the chassis using the previous procedures 2 Unsolder the two leads on the bottom of the Power Transformer 3 Remove the four bolts holding the transformer in place The ground wire on the bottom will come off when the and nut are removed 4 Lift the Power Transformer out of the chassis Output Amplifier Board 1 Remove the four pin connectors from the top of the Output Amps board 2 Remove the four screws holding the board in the chassis 3 Lift the board out of the hole in the side of the chassis Logic Board 1 Remove the three pin connectors from the Logic board 2 Remove the four screws hoiding it in the chassis 3 CAREFULLY lift on the rear of the Logic board to pull the board off the ten feed thru pins which are mounted on the chassis Lift the
248. s The differential amplifier uses Q3113 and Q3114 as a current mirror current source The thermally stabile current is set by R3112 R3114 and 83115 R3213 is used for horizontal positioning Vertical Amplifier Diagram 4 The Vertical Amplifier circuit contains selectable gain amplifier 02136 with positioning control variabie gain amplifier U2143 to calibrate the instrument for different cable impedances retrace logic and a vertical output amplifier Selectabie Gain Amplifier This circuit consists of operational amplifier U2136 and a bank of resistors for gain selection The required resistors are selected by switch 52126 RET LOSS The resistors are selected to provide a logarithmically varying gain The operational amplifier is connected as a voitage follower The non inverting input receives its signal from the log amplifier through R2138 andthe positioning signal from amolifier U2131 through 82137 High frequency noise is filtered by 0 001 uF capacitor C2137 Additional noise filtering can be obtained by activating the NOISE FILTER switch 52254 which adds a 0 1 uF capacitor C2241 to the circuit and reduces the horizontal sweep rate Positioning Vertical trace positioning is accomplished by offsetting the dc level of the input vertical signal Operational amplifier U2131 provides the dc offset voltage U2131 is controlled by R0251A POSITION and R02518 FINE Variable Gain Amplifier The Variable Gain Ampli
249. s factory wired for 115 V ac or 230 V ac Option ordered The standard 115 V ac unit can be changed to 230 V ac operation by rewiring the line transformer Refer voltage changes to qualified service personnel only Dd CAUTION When the 1503 is wired for 230 V ac be sure that the two front panel fuses are changed and the proper plug is installed on the ac cable Refer to the parts list for the correct parts Front Panel Controls See Fig 2 3 1 CABLE Precision bnc connector used to transmit theimpulse signal intothe test cable and receive thereflected signal 2 Impedance selectors Two push buttons used to select the 1503 output impedance 50 Q pushed in selects 500 im 75 Q pushed in selects 75 Q impedance Both pushed in selects 1250 impedance Both out selects 93 impedance 3 FOCUS Controis sharpness of crt display 4 INTENSITY Controls brightness of crt display 5 POSITION FINE Vertical position controis for display 6 ZERO REF Push button to check horizontal CHECK reference location of test impulse signal on crt T E cag TON 5 55 E nr Y CABLE Toen janl rest SET 8 RET LOSS dB FINE 9 POWER 10 0 dB SET 11 NOISE FILTER 12 BATTERY vee a pope Fig 2 3 Front panel controis Horizontal pulse position control for crt display Sets test signal
250. s the screen REPLACING THE CASE ON THE 1503 To replace the case on the 1503 proceed as foliows 1 Remove any termination and adapters from the CABLE connector 2 Remove the battery pack and power cord from the pack of the 1503 3 the shields on the top and bottom of the 1803 4 Stand the 1503 on its face Lubricate the surface of the rubber seals around the edge of the subpanei with a waterproof lubricant 4 13 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure 5 Slide the case over the back of the unit until it has reached the subpanel 6 Tighten the four screws on the back ofthe case until the case is aligned with the groove at the back of the subpanel 7 Make sure the case is in the groove then using a torque screwdriver tighten the four screws to eight inch pounds NOTE if the screws are tightened more than eight inch pounds the case may crack If the screws are not tightened equally to the required torque the water tight integrity of the case may be compromised 4 14 8 Place the battery pack in its compartment and tighten the two screws finger tight is sufficient 9 Placethe power cord and therest ofthe accessories Inthe front cover storage compartment and latchit closed 10 Place the front cover over the front cover panel and ciose the latches Section 5 1503 MAINTENANCE NOTE is recommended that the 1503 be serviced at a Tektronix Service Center
251. set the trace on the horizontai center line 4 Attachthe 50 Qterminatortothe CABLE connector 5 Turn the ZERO REF SET button ccw until the test pulse leading edge is located on a verticai reference line The vertical reference line may be any vertical line you choose on the crt graticule Adjust the 0 dB SET control for a two division display NOTE Always use the leading edge at the base line of the pulse for setting reference See Fig 2 4 SET REFERENCE HERE Fig 2 4 Test pulse at reference line 6 Adjust the ZERO REF SET button throughout its range to see that the test pulse edge can be set on any vertical graticule line Set the test pulse edge on the vertical reference line 7 Set the DISTANCE dial to 010 press the ZERO REF CHECK button and check that the test pulse edge returns M to the vertical reference line of the graticule Reset the DISTANCE dial to 000 8 Change the RET LOSS controi to 10 dB and adjust the POSITION controi so that the horizontai baselineis on the bottom crt graticule line 9 Press the NOISE FILTER button and check for a reduction in displayed noise as well as a reduction n scan rate Reset the RET LOSS switch to O dB release the NOISE FILTER button by depressing a second time 10 Press IMPLS WIDTH ns 1000 and check for a 9 division within 20 wide pulse 11 Press IMPLS WIDTH ns 10 and set FEET DIV METRES DIV to 5 1 and check for a slightly greater than
252. sket from around the crt face 8 the socket from the crt 9 Carefully remove the crt fromthe shield guiding the two wire pin connector through the hole in the shield as the crt comes out the front 10 The Trace Rotation Yoke 10234 can now be removed and installed on the new crt Position ofthe Yoke Maintenance 1503 is not critical Make sure itis tight against the nect of the and fastened with tape 11 Install the crt reversing the above procedure Use care when tightening the screw bracing the crt from the rear of the chassis 230 115 Voit Line Selector The line selector is com posed of the input transformer s terminals and can be wired for either 115 Vor 230 V itis factory wired for 115 V If 230 V operation is required remove the wire straps from lugs 1 2 and 3 4 of T0389 then connect a strap from 210 lug 3 See Fig 5 4 TO LINE FUSE T0389 115 V AC Transformer Wiring TO LINE FUSE 10389 b 230 V AC Transformer Wiring Fig 5 4 Power transformer wiring Maintenance 1503 CAUTION lt if theinstrument is wired for 230 V operation be sure that the two front panel fuses are changed to the proper slow blow fuses described in the parts list Water tight Seals The 1503 may be operated in any weather rain snow dust etc To prevent moisture and dust from getting inside the instrument special seals are used around the pushbu
253. t when pressed and provide a zero reference for checking the setting of the ZERO REF SET potentiometer The signal at TP1312 ORANGE isa variable amplitude slow ramp whose dc offset is variable by ZERO REF SET and the DISTANCE dial This signal is applied to the sampler comparator on diagram 1B Fast Ramp Generator The fast ramp generator is basically a constant current integrator consisting of Q1235 and charging capacitors C1238 and C1227 The current for Q1235 is determined by R1137 and R1127 The voltage across these resistors is the 10 volt supply andthe base voltage of Q1235 plus the drop across the base emitter junction of Q1235 The base voltage of Q1235 is the base voltage of Q1142 minus the voltage of the base emitter junction of Q1142 Thus the two base emitter voltages of Q1142 and Q1235 cancel each other and compensate for temperature caused changes in base emitter voltage The current through Q1235 will flow when its base is pulled toward ground When Q1246 is turned off R1135 Theory of Operation 1503 will pull the base of 01235 towards 10 V and thus no voltage will exist across 81137 or 1127 and no current will be drawn conserving battery power between samples When Q1247 is turned on Q1236 will beturned off and Q1235 will be turned on The current will flow charging C1238 and C1227 The voltage across C1238 will increase linearly with the current The linear fast rampis applied to the base of Q1247 which pr
254. ted on the reference line within 2 of the dial reading x1 digit 5 Check Cable Dielectric Settings a Set the FEET DIV switch to 5 feet and the multiplier to X10 Select 1 us markers from the TG 501 b Press the SOLID POLY dielectric button and posi tion a time mark on the second graticule line from the left with the ZERO REF SET control c Check that the two markers are 6 46 6 72 divisions apart d Press the FOAM POLY dielectric button e Check for 7 94 8 26 division between the two pulses f Switch back to AIR dielectric both buttons out 6 Check X100 Timing Set FEET DIV switch to 5 feet and the multiplier to X100 Set the TG 501 for 1 us markers b Check for eight markers in 7 84 8 16 divisions c Remove the cables from the 1503 Heplacethe EXT CAL connector 4 3 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Introduction Use this Adjustment Procedure to restore the 1503 to original performance requirements This adjustment Procedure need not be performed unless the instrument fails to meet the Performance Requirements of the electrical characteristics listed in the Specification sec tion or if the Performance Check procedure cannot be completed satisfactorily If the instrument has undergone repairs the Adjustment Procedure is recommended Satisfactory completion of all adjustment steps inthis procedure ensures that the instrument will meet the Performance
255. the PUT The point at which the triggering occurs 15 determined how fast C6147 becomes charged tothe reference voltage of about 4 5 V andthe charging speed 15 determined by the average Current to the battery Because the charge current and load currents areinthe form of pulses averaging integration is performed at the output of operational amplifier U6138 by a 15 capacitor C6233 Zener diode VR6235 provides shifting Battery pack 870369 consists of nine nickel cadmium C cells CR6234 prevents reverse biasing of C6233 NOTE For proper operation the battery pack must be place at all times during operation of the instrument DC Voltage Converter The controllable oscillator is an astable multivibrator 26458 and Q6445 The collector of Q6445 is high for 8 us and low during the remainder of the period The 8 us period is set by C6551 and H6545 in with R6449 and R6457 Thelow voltage duration at the output is controlled by the primary regulation voltage of 06552 86454 and C6451 Diode CR6452 R6451 and R6453 protect against base emitter reverse breakdown voltage FLY BACK TRANSFORMER gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt C eo SER BB c CIRCUIT 1865 17 Fig 3 6 Block diagram of 1503 Power Supply The output of the astable multivibrator is connected to the switching circuitry consisting of 26349 Darlington emitter follower and 0643
256. tion of the crt beam is propor tional to the amplitude of the reflected signal The vertical scale is a linear representation of the return and is ordinarily calibrated so that two divisions represent 0 dB when the reference level is set to 0 dB The dB reference level isselectablein 7 calibrated steps from 0 dB to 60 dB pius 0 to 18 dB vernier adjustment The transmitted pulse is an impulse signal of ap proximately 5 V into a 50 75 93 Q or 125 Q load Half sine shaped pulse durations of 10 ns 100 ns or 1000 ns are selectable from the front panel Durations are measured at the half amplitude points The 1503 plug in compartment will accept either the X Y Output Module or the TEKTRONIX Y T Chart Recorder The X Y Output Module is a standard accessory for the 1503 and provides an interface for an X Y recorder The TEKTRONIX Y T Chart Recorder is an optional accessory This recorder uses a heated stylusto record on 4 cm wide heat sensitive chart paper The chart recording length represents the entire crt screen and is controlled by the 1503 The 1503 is a ruggedized portable instrument that can be used in the field as well as in the laboratory The 1503 meets requirements for a Type iil Class 3 Style A instrument as specified in MIL T 28800 The 1503 has a ruggedized case that provides protection when the instru ment is stored in exposed areas When the instrument is not being used the accessories including th
257. tons back to AIR both out 22 X10 Timing a Set the METRES DIV switch to five metres and the multiplier to X10 Set the TG 501 for 1 us markers 4 12 b CHECK For one marker every third division 22 c Remove cables from the 1503 Replacethe EXT CAL connector 23 X1 Position Set IMPLS WIDTH for 1000 ns pulse and RET LOSS to 0 dB b With ZERO REF SET position the pulse leading edge on the graticule center line c CHECK That the pulse start remains at the center line when switching from X10 to X1 d ADJUST R1132 while in the X1 position sothatthe pulse remains at the center line when switching between X1 and X10 X Y OUTPUT MODULE Control Settings RET LOSS 0 dB NOISE FILTER Out 0 dB SET 2 div pulse DISTANCE Dial 000 FEET DIV 5 REV JUL 1983 METRES DIV 1 Multiplier X10 X1 CABLE DIELECTRIC SOLID POLY IMPLS WIDTH 10 Connect the 500 terminator to the 1503 CABLE connector 24 Pen Lift Signal a Set the Digital Multimeter RANGE FUNCTION con trol to 20 on the DC VOLTS scale b Place the terminal connection link of the OUTPUT MODULE board on the negative slope terminals see Fig 4 9 c Connect the lead from the DVM Hl terminal to the X Y OUTPUT MODULE PEN red terminal and the lead from the DVM LO terminal to the X Y OUTPUT MODULE PEN LIFT black terminal d CHECK That the DVM shows approximately T5 e Momentarily push the RECORD switch to RECORD then
258. trol assures that the return signal will appear in the display window Measure the distance between the test pulse start and the return puise start To more accurately locate the discontinuity set the FEET DIV METRES DIV control to a lower setting The return pulse does not need to the display window Adjust ZERO REF SET button so that the test pulse rise is set at a convenient vertical reference graticule line The ZERO REF SET control may have to be readjusted when changing the FEET DIV METRES DIV control NOTE Always use the leading edge at the base line of the fest return pulses for setting the reference See Fig 2 4 Now turn the DISTANCE dial clockwise until the return pulse is located on the reference graticule line The reading on the DISTANCE times the multiplier gives the length from the CABLE connectortothe discontinuity NOTE The dB reference may have to be increased to observe the reflection The CABLE DIELECTRIC push buttons allow the 1503 to accurately locate discontinuities in cables with various relative propagation velocity constants The SOLID POLY button is calibrated to check solid polyethylene dielectric which has a V of 0 66 The FOAM POLY button is calibrated to check foam polyethelyne which has a V of 0 81 When both buttons are either in or out the effective dielectric is variable from 0 31 to 1 00 and is controlled by the screwdriver adjustment control VAR In the full
259. ttons crt power switches and rotary controis Removal of any of the components on the front panel will require special resealing procedures to retain their water tight integrity We recommend that the instrument be returned to a Tektronix Factory Service Centerto havethis resealing done if water tight resealing is required Seal ng instructions are included in this section however The gaskets installed in thesiots aroundthefront panel casting where the case and front cover fit should be replaced at regular intervals six to eight months depen ding on locality and use in order to maintain the water tight integrity of the 1503 it is important to visually inspect the water tight seals periodically Seals around the X Y Output Module the battery pack and the front cover seal on the front panel should be checked regularly to see that they have become damaged The clam sheli seal on the back of the front panei casting and the seals around the front panel controls and connectors shouid be inspected when the cabinet has been removed for maintenance calibration purposes or if a leak is suspected CAUTION Anytime the cabinet has been removed from 1503 or when any front panel controis or connectors have been removed from the front panel the water tight integrity of the 1503 will be jeopardized RESEALING PROCEDURES MATERIALS REQUIRED Tektronix Part No Description Notes This Room Temperature Vulcan iz
260. ub 2 mc os pe 2 i pos 2 T LE 5 en 4 248023 Rin E 6291 2 e 2 gt aer E a ie 9 HM H 2 gt x PO 57790 th gt 2 77 47 pee MM a Ie 3 22 9 AE dE m o 4 4 RAM x i EE 2 i SS 2 2 A HN Sm vic 4 sergo i th ont 4 16 92 d 7 e t i TOR IE 92292 i 2 ior gt w H t gt 3 i pen Dor E BE 225 6r 90 1 E n SINN PS see E 3 zio IM pd ias 5 A MEN BENI AM x 92699 5 S ear yA Cs Xe 2 E a ES or i aw 4 sem p 2 E 1 2 19290 se TES SPooud Zoo e Tere 2 H f pner e 3 gt p A 3
261. uits Screwdriver adjust for 0 dB ref erence level Used to get ampli tude of test pulse Reduces displayed noise Display sweep rateisreduced by afactor of ten indicates relative charge of power Dack Indicates the distancefrom 1503to a point on the test cable Oto 25000 feet Oto 500 metres at X100 X101 Disabled when the FEET DIV METHES DIV control is set to 50 100 and the multiplier is set to X100 X10 Options 1503 Wie nri aAvod LIOA 9 3 NO 4 2 1 L S 1S ASWOSEIS Lo 89915 X Or Oot 60 OO 24 86 34 C Lo 59614 e oot 315415 Oot 345418 201 Aisela 9 O01 215533 amp LS uH Ton Latte OD oo i 1981 x Quvos AWD AINWiSiIa 00 12985613 HSE ta Coss 596613 4 OOS 395633 oos 299613 2995644 995 YASS VY 6 3 OST 1 Leila 5943 Pein 86115 Y vtt Seis 86991 8 21994 2 th ir HELI evo OL 4 OL YOLVHINSES 1503 13 X10 X1 Two position switch for X10 X1 X100 X10 or X100 X1
262. ut Amp High Voitage Component puli out page for test point locations v Set the INTENSITY control fully cw w CHECK For a voltmeter reading of 95 mV 5 mV 4 5 Calibration Procedure 1503 Adjustment Procedure x ADJUST R4222 INTENSITY LIMIT for a vaitmeter reading that is inside the range of 90 mV to 100 The adjustment is located on the HIGH VOLTAGE board and adjusted through the in the POWER SUPPLY board see Fig 4 1 Check for max imum intensity without trace blooming y Set INTENSITY for normal trace brightness DISPLAY Control Settings Preset the front panel controls follows RHET UOSSUdB NOISE FILTEROut 0 4 SETClockwise DISTANCE 000 FEET DIV S METRES DIV 1 Muitiplier X10 X1 CABLE DIELECTRICBoth out VARCIockwise 2 Trace Focus and Astigmatism a Attach the 50 M termination to the CABLE connec tor b With the ZERO REF SET control set the pulse near mid screen Set the trace with the POSITION contro on the center of the graticule d ADJUST R3242 AST is located on the OUTPUT AMPS board and the front panel FOCUS control until the clearest possible trace both vertically and horizontally is obtained 3 Trace Rotation a Turnthe ZERO REF SET fully clockwise so that just the horizontal base line is located on the horizontal center iine b CHECK That the trace aligns with the crt horizon tal center graticule line c ADJUST R3143 RO
263. verting input of U1503 This portionis obtained through 41597 C1595 and R1406 The amount of the first sampled signal sent to 0150316 determined by the setting of R1406 3 6 Log Amplifier Amplifier U1695B in conjunction with R1603 and 82126 is used to amplify the sampled signal logarithmically from 0 to 18 dB providing the FINE dB 1055 control Siow Ramp Generator Diagram 3 Integrator An inverting amplifier circuit with a FET input is used as an integrator integrator capacitor C2356 5 connected between the collector of 02345 and the inverting input gate of Q2246A A negative current applied to the inverting input through 82353 results in linear rising voltage at the output see the waveform shown in Fig 3 5 This output voltage will continue torise until it reaches an internal comparison level of 4 1 V The bi level comparator output then switches to a higher output level to close the FET switch Q2257 also changes its comparison level to 0 1 V This allows a positive current to be applied to the input of the integrator through 82251 The positive current is 13 times larger than the negative current and causes the output voltage of the integrator to decrease linearly After a short period of time the integrator output voltage approaches this com parison voltage of 0 1 V and causes the positive current into the integrator to be turned off At this time the comparator level is switched back tothe 4 1 andt
264. y clockwise position it s calibrated for air dielectrics V 1 00 Evaluating a Discontinuity The RET LOSS control determines the vertical deflec tion that can be seen on the crt or recorded onagraphifa chart recorder is used The control is calibrated to measure the dB loss of the return pulse amplitude relative tothetest pulseamplitude The screwdriver adjustment O dB SET is used to set the amplitude number of crt graticule divisions of the test pulse The RET LOSS control isthen adjusted so that the return pulse amplitude is the same as the 0 dB reference amplitude The return loss in dB is then read directly from the RET LOSS control settings 2 6 The mathematical definition of RET LOSS is 20 where p the reflection coefficient rho is given by 2 D 2 p where 2 is the cable impedance and 2 is the impedance of the discontinuity assuming no cabie 1058 Fig 2 5 shows the two parts of a TDR display ap propriately labeled to identify the test and return voltage signals When the return loss dB the cable is terminated by a resistance equal to its characteristic impedance 2 since a perfectly matched cable Zo gives no reflection When the return loss equals 0 dB with a positive return pulse the cable has an open termination When the return loss equals 0 dB with a negative return pulse then the cable is terminated with short 0 0 NOTE Care must betaken to accou

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

A Cavilha de Madeira  Bowen Gas Water Heaters Service Manual  BLOCK-iT™ Pol II miR Validated miRNA Control Vector  LED Tube Controller  Samsung CE76JD-CR User Manual  Inversor de Frequência CFW-08 (Vector) (v.3.9X)  KitchenAid 3184873 Convection Oven User Manual  高圧ホース [取扱説明書]  Stereo Receiver - TEAC Europe GmbH  Samsung Galaxy Core User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file